From Bill Ryan -- the Ultimate Hypothesis

[Bill Ryan]

-------

I wrote here (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?43793-Drake-Updates-clarifications-and-more&p=513734), yesterday:





I genuinely don't yet know exactly what to make of this, but I'm compiling and carefully evaluating some evidence that seems to suggest that the global controllers may be preparing to leave the planet. Not as in exiling themselves, but as in leaving a ship that they believe will sink with no reasonable hope of salvage.

Remember: their personal sense of commitment is to protect (and manage/ control/ exploit) the human genome... not to take care of individuals, about which they care pretty much as a farmer cares for the fate of individual cows in a very large herd.

All that farmer wants is to stay in business. He doesn't feel compassion for any cows that suffer, are sick, or go to the slaughterhouse. That's not the game he's playing. His goal is completely different.

This scenario is not as ridiculous or as impossible as it sounds. I have half a dozen data points, each of which should be taken seriously, that might suggest this, and they all fit together. I'll say no more about this right now, because it's downright scary. I want to prepare some kind of presentation and then submit it for scrutiny and analysis... we're all in this together, folks.


Bill, this would make a fine new thread when you have your data collated for discussion.


Done... here it is. :)


Here’s a list of bulletpoints:

http://projectavalon.net/1.gif

The interview with 'Dutch' on this page:
http://golden-rule.org/2012/04/24/roswell-2012-and-the-great-escape-plan-army-veteran-dutch-blows-the-whistle

Download the video here:
http://videos.videopress.com/AOFRod3i/dutchmanwmv_dvd.mp4
or here:
http://projectavalon.net/resources/Dutch_interview_1.mp4 (595 Mb)

Two comments:




a) The interviewer is a new member of this forum. (Welcome!) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/member.php?12369-TheGoldenRule1)I would very much appreciate his contribution here.




b) 'Dutch' is not very articulate, and doesn’t know much. But, as they say, he knows what he saw and experienced. I’m convinced he’s telling the truth.

One job he said he had was physically loading supplies on to highly advanced, classified spacecraft, in a project to establish a base on the Moon which was to be a refuge for the world's elite.

Ignore his presentational/ conversational style and mannerisms (and some of his speculations)… and remember that one or two significant others have also stated that the Roswell visitors were time travelers, which I’ve been fairly convinced of for years. This was a major corroborating factor for me, as this is mentioned by very few other witnesses. More later about this.
http://projectavalon.net/2.gif

The second interview with 'Victor' — here:
http://youtube.com/watch?v=EEFJ_C-wdlw (part 1)
http://youtube.com/watch?v=aMVdaQox308 (part 2)

'Victor' described, with a great deal of authentic bitterness, how the elite were planning to leave the planet -- sometime before a catastrophic event that they expected to occur before 2017.

http://projectavalon.net/3.gif

‘Charles’ told me in his very first Skype call with me (1 August 2010) that the elite were planning to leave the planet — after turning it into a ‘toilet’ (his term).

He told me that he did not WANT to see the Earth turned into a toilet. (This is close to an exact quote, from memory and from my notes, which I need to check: they are archived offline.)

Regardless of any opinions about the complex series of events that subsequenty ensued, that first call (and the second one, 6 days later) are most likely to have contained accurate, credible, in-good-faith information.

Like “Dutch” above, Charles did not know that much, and did not CLAIM to know much — but he knew what he’d seen and experienced. I remain convinced that much of the information he shared, in good faith, in those initial contacts was valid.

http://projectavalon.net/4.gif

George Green — whom I know pretty well (I had dinner with him last night) — has never referred in any of his interviews or seminars to the elite preparing to leave the planet. I took the opportunity to ask him about this directly, and his answer was simply: “It’s possible”.

At the start of his April 2008 Camelot interview (http://projectcamelot.org/george_green.html), which is really quite a good one, George does state, from first-hand conversation and contact, that the elite “have their tickets”: what he was told privately, by the then Governor of Colorado, was that the “tickets” were to a safe underground haven in the southern hemisphere.

Regardless of whether the tickets are to a long-stay underground city, or to a base on the moon — this is why there are so few high-level whistleblowers and defections: all the privileged insiders are concerned that if they violate protocol, then the ticket, for themselves and their family, will be voided.

I asked George about this again last night, and he confirmed that was 100% correct.

http://projectavalon.net/5.gif

Dan Burisch always talked about the existence of “An Ark on the Moon”. See http://projectcamelot.org/lang/en/dan_burisch_interview_transcript_2_en.html

He’s talking about Timeline 1 (most likely to be ours) and the catastrophic Timeline 2 (which we may have avoided).

Exact quote:




Dan: They actually move off from Earth first. The J-Rods, or the precursors to the J-Rods, stay on Earth for a great deal of time, well after 24,000 years from the time of the transition, 24,000 years from now. Because they were 24-or-so-thousand years ahead of us when they crashed in Roswell in 1947. Those were 24s. They stay. The Orions move off first to the place ... after the reestablishment of a society on the surface of the Earth ... technology is refurbished, etcetera....they move off to the place where the Ark is held.

Kerry: Which is where?

Dan: Our nearest body, the Moon.

Kerry: The Moon.

Dan: Where on it, I’m not going to say.

Kerry: OK. Well, this gets into...

Dan: Because of having to defend against the possibility of Timeline 1 transitioning over to Timeline 2 in a manner different than I’ve been told. And I’m not going to be the person who hands off the wrong information.

Kerry: So... OK, but you’re saying the Nordics are going to get off Earth if the catastrophe happens. Or regardless.

Dan: They leave after.

Kerry: After the catastrophe happens.

Dan: Presumably several thousand years after it happens, they leave.

Kerry: Several thousand years.

Dan: Yes, they move to the Moon.

Kerry: Oh. I was getting the impression you were talking about them going on space ships or something.

Dan [shaking head no] Not really. No. They move off to the Moon several thousand years later, via space craft. They get to the place where the Ark was held and that they re-establish a new community. From there they move to Mars. From Mars, out to Orion. http://projectavalon.net/6.gif

Henry Deacon always stated that the secret space program should never be compromised, “because the future of the human race may depend on it”. Kerry and I vividly remember one conversation, in December 2008, in which Henry became really quite upset and insistent about this.

In separate conversations (over many, many hours in a number of meetings), he described and confirmed how there was a horrific tangle of inter-braided timelines, each time the efforts (by ETs, future humans and ourselves) compounding the problems and making matters more complicated.

He told us that none of these problems had yet been resolved. He said that these timeline problems also reached way back into human history and “involved our ancestors”.

He told me that there were FOUR main timelines that he was aware of (not just Dan Burisch’s two) — one of which was truly catastrophic and resulted in a version of Earth six thousand years into the future which was pretty much barren and devoid of life.

Henry had also confirmed that the Roswell visitors were time traveling future humans (see http://projectcamelot.org/big_picture.html). He was adamant about this, and stated that this came from briefings he had read and/or attended. The only difference between his account and Dan Burisch’s (Dan had said almost exactly the same thing) was that Dan said the Roswell visitors were from 24,000 years in the future, and Henry, while not being certain, had said that he had thought they were a little earlier.

Dan and Henry had never met or communicated, and when we first met Henry he had never heard of Dan at all. These corroborations were always extremely significant for Kerry and myself.

And now we have “Dutch’s” testimony (http://golden-rule.org/2012/04/24/roswell-2012-and-the-great-escape-plan-army-veteran-dutch-blows-the-whistle)…. see above.

http://projectavalon.net/7.gif

Finally, here are a couple of kickers, which are as unsavory as it gets. I present these as points to be considered by those with the stomach for what Einstein called a “thought experiment”.




a) One explanation for the elite simply ALLOWING the planet, and its marvelous, balanced, indescribably complex and sophisticated ecosystem, to be trashed, may well be that they no longer care as they plan to leave it anyway. It makes a terrible kind of sense. Rather like someone intending to move house, and allowing their original home to fall down around them. Why bother with repairs?

b) The most horrific scenario of all: the abandonment of Planet Earth may be the ultimate mass human sacrifice to their demonic “gods”.In summary — the above has to be considered in the light of how David Wilcock excellently put it (in our first Futuretalk (http://projectcamelot.org/david_wilcock.html) in March 2008):

“The Illuminati believe that God is absent. If God was present, he would have stopped them. But he has NOT stopped them — therefore they do not believe he exists. So in his absence, they will step into God’s shoes.” (My paraphrase from memory.)

This matches exactly with Peter Weyland’s fictional and impressive oratory in TED 2023: “We are the gods now.”

http://youtube.com/watch?v=kFix7xIwrQg

This also is in exact alignment with what ‘Charles’ stated so clearly to me on both 1 and 6 August 2010: that the “experimenters” (the ET bioengineers who created the human race) would not interfere with whatever ensued in their experiment — and now that the human controllers, who had been kind of entrusted with the management of the planet on the experimenters’ behalf, had accidentally got hold of ET technology (from the time-traveling humans who were trying to reach back in time to assist but who instead had crashed and become stranded here — something that was never intended), they were now in a position to break out of the experimental zone, realizing that they would not be stopped.

‘Charles’ said that from the ETs point of view, the experiment had gone seriously wrong — but whatever happened, they would not intervene, and would watch it all play out.

The way they MAY be able to intervene, without breaking cosmic protocol, is by incarnating as their experimental subjects -- i.e. us. If you reading this, are moved and struck by this thread and these powerful and disturbing concepts, you yourself may be one of those incarnated here specifically to change what's going on.. from the inside. From outside, it may not be possible.

I genuinely welcome all intelligent and informed critiques of the above.

[Whiskey_Mystic]

Well, first off, I have to pull out anything Charles has said as unreliable. As I have said before, if you are listening to a known liar and trying to discern what is lies and what is truth, then you have entered into their web and are in their control to further whatever their own agenda is. It is hard enough figuring out how the puzzle pieces fit together when we are dealing with ethical people of good character and intention.

I am digging into the rest of this.

I hope everyone digests all this and we can have a good old fashioned Avalon style brainstorm together. Om nom nom.

[Cidersomerset]

Thanks Bill this also reminds me of something possibly connected to the crop circle phenomenon....

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Another view which is also very interresting for me is Ions Explaination....Its been suggested by
Bob recently that Ion is some form of AI intelligence able to access our reality now we have
reached the digital age.Which is far to complex to go into here if you have not followed the info.....

One of the main concepts Ion has concistently said is there is no such thing as time just one gigantic Now....

When asked about crop circles his answer which is well worth a listen is they are made by humans several
thousand years in the future from our perspective which also reminds me of the original Dan Burish material
with the two types of future us from different times of the greater now.

Also the explanation of how the physical nodes in the crop react is a unique explaination......
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

iON: Crop circles are the nodes of the phytoplankton in the plants that respond a certain way, which makes
them have a certain vibrational frequency, which they lay down, because they don't crush the field, they
actually grow to the ground. It changes the way they lay. www.howionic.com[url]


bDk4yfvi5oY



Now non of this is clear evidence, but its deffinately part of the bigger picture imho!!

[url]http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46860-Cream-of-the-crop-circles-...DAILYMAIL-ON-LINE..

I posted this earlier... Steve....

[we-R-one]

Thanks Bill, I will anxiously delve into this during the weekend. I appreciate you're input and look forward to investigating your discoveries.

[SKAWF]

well, for some reason, even though ive read intently what you posted bill,
i'm not as enthusiastic to take on the accounts of others as fact.
especially a name or two in there which i dont know.

that said, it does resonate.

in the same way it did when i got into it last time.

true knowledge unifies..... simplifies things.

i believe that they believe they are gods.
i reckon they have been going at it like there's 'no tommorow' for about a decade now.
i accept that they use the absentee god justification
(even though your mum and dad arent there all the time, it doesnt mean they dont exist!)

i accept they have spaceships.
(i so very much want one)

i accept that mars is directly connected

to a point, i have no resistance to the idea of a massive experiment
but in all that, there are enough counter questions to stop the idea falling in of its own accord.
and its probably a bit complacent, but theres not enough immediate relevence for me to look further into it.

i spose a closing question would be

there's a difference between letting a place fall into disrepair
and actively going about smashing it up.
stuff like chemtrails are ongoing programs,
so when they stop the ongoing stuff....
it might be because they see no value in it.

at that point i would be watching for 'the big one'

if they know its coming to an end, and the have a way off.....
why keep up the subtlety?

[seko]

I am able to intervene and I should do so on the small community that I live and I will re-learn how to use my inner abilities. I stopped playing their game. (rat race)

I don't need to or try to be on gods shoes like they do, nor do I have the economic power that they have, but I have myself and you have yourself.

Get up stand up and stand up for what's right.

In here we can do all the talking but at home you can only act and lead by example, lets change what doesn't work.

If earth crumbles by natural disasters or universal disasters then there is nothing that we can do but enjoy our short life here and do what is right.

[TheGoldenRule1]

Hey everyone, I am the aforementioned new user who did the Dutch interview. I don't have anything to contribute to Bill's hypothesis at this time, but I did do a different (and shorter) interview which focuses strictly on the things he witnessed. This will probably help flesh out whether you think he's being honest or not.

http://golden-rule.org/2012/05/22/anti-gravity-plasma-worms-exotic-transport-technology/

[Praxis]

From Terrance McKenna http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KIfup59n6Fo&list=PLADD34F9C30BDFAA2&index=6&feature=plpp_video

An interesting thought around the 40 minute mark, but the whole thing is worth watching. Basically we are the timeline where things went to ****. I had not considered this before but it is starting to make sense to me. What if we have been on Timeline 2 this entire time and what we are really doing is fighting to get back to timeline 1. Considering what has happened on this planet over the last several thousands years this concept seems like it could be correct. After having read The Master Game by Graham Hancock(which everybody should read), I am starting to think that Christ might have been the key fracturing point in the timelines. The catholic church has fought this battle very intensely, see all the burning of any Gnostic ideas and people who don't generally buy the dogma they sell.

What if 2012 could not be seen beyond, project looking glass and remote viewers, because the timelines merge again and the elite are trying to get off planet because they know this will happen. Turning the planet to a toilet is a final finger in the eye after having lost?

Just a few random ideas that I have been having.

Edit:
Terrance also talks about how the some of the visitors are from the other timeline and that they are interested in Nuclear tech because it has effects that transcend timelines.

[LarryC]

This isn't hard to believe at all. It's really just one variation of what Bill Wood/Brockbader and others refer to as Timeline 1 -or whichever timeline it was where everything is destroyed and/or there's global tyranny. To be honest, I feel it's less important right now what TPTB are planning than what we are going to do.

Whatever they are planning, we know it's not very nice or in our best interest. At the very best, it's maintaining the status quo, which is bad enough. Given the way things are going, though, the status quo would not appear to be sustainable for much longer for economic, political and environmental reasons. So that leaves possibilities like wiping out large percentages of the population, a global dictatorship or some similar dystopian scenario. Whether they plan to rule us, kill us all or escape to another planet is almost a minor detail, as any of these possibilities mean a world not worth living in anyway.

At the risk of using a word associated with traditional religions, I think we have to have a certain amount of faith. Not necessarily in any specific event or outcome (positive ETs, mass arrests, Jesus returning, etc.) but in the ultimate benevolence of the universe or All That Is. If this isn't valid, then we have no chance no matter what. If it is, then there will be a way to overcome whatever plans they have in store for us. Or, if the whole thing has to be destroyed, we may just have to wait for the next cycle and do better next time :)

I have said this before, but I think many people just have too much respect for TPTB. I just don't see them as being all that smart or competent. I suspect that whatever plans they might have will ultimately fail and have unintended consequences. It makes me think of the end of The Lord of the Rings, where the ring ended up being destroyed not by any particularly brilliant or brave plan but seemingly by accident.

[Mark]

Excellent. Points of extreme interest:

1) the existence of demons
2) the reality of continuous incarnation
3) ET genetic engineering
4) time-travel
5) the existence of negative ETs but not necessarily positive ETs
6) Catastrophic Earth and `other`potential timelines

The implications of what you`ve stated here are staggering, Bill. It does make sense and it is the only explanation for why the Elite would trash the world without regard. Why they would consolidate and further reinforce the control system to the point of mass genocide.

I appreciate the not-so-sub-text of your statement primarily for its recognition of the extra-sensory potentialities, here most directly stated in relation to the negative entities and energetic presences that have controlled the Earth since time immemorial.

The sheer overwhelming nature of the evil to which you refer seems to be without counter at the galactic level, as the ETs are conducting an experiment and allowing things to play out according to the whims of the currently Earth-bound elite who may not be so bound shortly.

Considering the nature of the threat and the innate potentiality of humanity to manifest psychic and extra-sensory abilities do you see the possibility of earth-bound humans being able to effectively come up with some collective strategy in order to negate these seemingly inevitable trends?

Is it all TRULY so hopeless as it seems? Are we relegated only to responding belatedly, if at all, and surviving the quenching solar storm that may be on the near-horizon?

Personal experiences of Gnosis that many in this forum have had and in-depth spiritual explorations that seem to be ingrained within the human capacity to perceive and direct experience seem to indicate an individual and collective ability to transcend environmental limitations, to communicate with each other - as well as the Angelic and the Demonic Hierarchies - at levels beyond the mundane.

Is it possible that an `Event` that cannot be forecast scientifically but has been forecast spiritually - and mythologically - for many thousands of years can indeed occur to offset the plans of the Elite? I repeat, is it all TRULY so hopeless as it seems?

We are 50 light years above the Galactic Equator. A space Sol-System has not visited for many millions of years. NASA scientists have posited that we have entered into a realm of space more exposed to `space weather`than the regions we have previously been ensconced within. We are also being bombarded with cosmic energy at a higher rate that is leading to mutations (cancerous mostly, according to the scientific establishment, but other types of mutations are also possible), and that most definitely leads to individual and collective emotional shifts (also quite possible since electromagnetic energy has long been known to affect emotions) that correspond to the current instabilities that we see occurring all around the world and within each of us as well.

A strong OP with some undeniable situations, according to information many of us should be aware of, at least in theory. I wonder though, if things will work out as the Elite have `foreseen` and if the timelines that the time travelers have forcast are the only viable potentialities.

[Hawkwind]

Well, personally I've gotten to a point where there are so many conflicting stories from so many sources that I've given up on trying to unravel which of them are true to what extent. If it turns out I'm on a timeline where mass arrests of those within the cabal occur, fine. I'll believe it when I see it and I'll deal with whatever the consequences of it are when they get here. If it turns out I'm on a timeline where a galactic super-wave causes our sun to expand and/or otherwise incinerate the planet- I won't say so much, fine as what the hell can I do about it? "God, grant me the serenity to accept the things I cannot change, the courage to change the things I can, and the wisdom to know the difference." Seems like a pretty good philosophy to me at the moment. I'm living it one day at a time and doing the best I can with what I've got to work with. If anybody has a better idea, I'm open to suggestions.

[Cidersomerset]

This should be a very interresting thread, but i have to leave you for now as I have a appointment with some work mates in the Pub !!

Whatever happens with all this, whether its true or not remember we are all " Eternal Beings" and do not be frightened by this infomation

as fear is the way TPTB have been controlling us !!!....
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A great way to take a clear look at reality, is to think of everything as being on different areas of the spiral of creation. The greatest power requires the lightest touch, and the spiral is a wonderful sacred geometric shape that visually confirms accessing different parts of creation, vibration and leverage.

Many powerful messages are contained within symbols, and here is a photo of a crop circle that seems to have summarized my spiral point perfectly.

http://onenessreality.files.wordpress.com/2008/12/home_1_001.png?w=490

These symbols hit us straight where to our core, where the essence of who we are, as eternal unlimited beings lies. By following the spiral, as deep and as centered as it goes, we come to the heart, the very vibration of god, all-that-is, all of creation itself. We see with the eyes, taste and hear with the ears of all-that-is. We reclaim our wizadry, and sacred knowledge of creating miracles, just as myths, religions and creation stories of old told us through the ages.

See at the centre of the spiral, as it keeps going to the core centre of each issue, leveraging its way past the created and flying straight into the heart of the creator. We can simply choose, with ease, to allow the truth of being all-that-is to be miraculously certain, perfect, and of the highest knowing vibration of trust within us. We can then start to feel the pleasure and ecstasy, that comes with realizing our power and that we are i control of our beliefs and definitions, perfectly and effortlessly, without even conscious interference in most cases! What is that you say? YES, we create reality and this magic to perfection of what we put out as true, just like a giant mirror in front of us 24 hours a day, 7 days a week!

Something I came across earlier ...Cheers Steve....

[Maria Stade]

Hi Bill !
A cupple a years ago I was a moderator on a Swedish forum and a man logged in as a member.
He was talking in strange tones and had private diskussions with me and I asked a lot of questions.
He wanted me to come with him, to this other planet and that he would be leaving earth in a cupple of years.
He told me about his house that was special as it was a portal of some sort, he had deigned it him self. And that he was moving now and was to sell the house. I checkt him out, as he could interfere with my energy and astral body. And found the house and some information about him.

He keept calling me EVE and said that they was to leave in 2012 !
He wanted me to be his female and he did not care much about me having a male allready.

But yes they ( cant say who they are, but they are advased beings) are leaving and it has been planned so.
We have all reasons to be conserned.

/ Maria

[bearcow]

The simple fact the elite have invested billions of dollars in creating a global surveillance grid, and have spent just as much money trying to create a one world government designed to eradicate all dissenting opinion seems like a long term strategy. The 100% verifiable evidence of what companies and projects they have put their resources into suggests that they intend to create a total control slave state with themselves as the masters. I would be willing to wager they have contingency plans if things dont go their way, and a exit strategy may be one of them, but i think they intend to be here a long time.

It's no fun being evil if you dont have anyone around to oppress.

[amym]

Maybe the elites are planning to leave the planet because their "sheep" (us, the masses) are awakening. They would no longer have control or the upper hand. Maybe this is good news?

[Amysenthia]

-------

The way they MAY be able to intervene, without breaking cosmic protocol, is by incarnating as their experimental subjects -- i.e. us. If you reading this, are moved and struck by this thread and these powerful and disturbing concepts, you yourself may be one of those incarnated here specifically to change what's going on.. from the inside. From outside, it may not be possible.

I genuinely welcome all intelligent and informed critiques of the above.

I would like to add a hypothesis to this conversation based on what you have said at the end of this post. Let me start by saying most of my life I have not really felt like I was really “like everyone else”. I have seemed to have very extraordinary experiences that no one else seems to have and on multiple occasions I have been told by various psychics, always in the exact same words, “you aren’t like the rest of us”.

I start with explaining this so that you will understand the reason for what I have intuitively been feeling is taking place on this planet. I would also add that over the last year my dream time has been increasing about themes where I feel that the time is coming for me to know who I really am and that I have a “mission” of sorts. Very recently I was told during an astral flying type dream that I must stay “deep cover” for a short time more. ( There is a part of me almost not wanting to post this feeling that I may be compromising something by revealing even this.) Then recently in a very synchronistic way I came to read the recent book by Delores Cannon, which I highly recommend, “The Three Waves of Volunteers and The New Earth”. In this book she describes that the earth will be evolving into two earths. One will go on to a higher dimension. The other will be much like the worst case scenario time line.

Could it be that these elite are going off planet to wait out “the event”. Knowing that they are not vibrationally able to go with the 5th dimensional earth. So they will go off planet to wait out the results and see if they are able to even return to the other timeline earth. My intuition tells me that they were hoping to vibrationally change earth so that this shift could be prevented from taking place and that they now are aware that it will not be possible. So they have to step back and wait to see the outcome to then decide their next move. I believe that the “toileting” of the planet and that the genetically mutating of human genes was the attempt to prevent the shift and that now they realize that it is not possible. So now just like a bunch of vultures they are going to sit back and wait for the “big event” to see if there will be anything left that they will be able sweep back in and feed on.

T-igAtljJiY

[Chuck]

So to put this in perspective with all the hoopla of the elites being rounded up and jailed... just a spin for them going underground or off world? avoiding the kill shot?

lol... seeing them disappear would normally be a good thing... but in this new context... enjoy that glass of wine and take a good look around, it might be your last.

... anyway thanks Bill for a very good compilation of information.

[Amysenthia]

" the spiral is a wonderful sacred geometric shape that visually confirms accessing different parts of creation, vibration and leverage.

Many powerful messages are contained within symbols, and here is a photo of a crop circle that seems to have summarized my spiral point perfectly.

http://onenessreality.files.wordpress.com/2008/12/home_1_001.png?w=490



This may also be a crop circle showing the two earths after the vibrational shift.

[Tony]

Is the Ultimate Hypothesis, the Ultimate truth?

Tony

[fractal being]

Can they please leave the planet already! We can take care of it no matter the circumstances.

A poem popped in in my mind while reading your hypothesis bill.

"What in the world will we do without barbarians?"
http://www.cavafy.com/poems/content.asp?id=293&cat=1

I'm afraid we are so much addicted to oppression, that we won't know what to do with our freedom, once they are gone. I still prefer that risk though.

[Whiskey_Mystic]

Let also not forget the Anglo Saxon Agenda material and how it possibly fits into our evaluations of these possibilities.

[Eagle Eye]

Now we are on 2012 and we have another doomsday year 2017

And the story goes on and on...

[Tony]

A predication does not mean it is true.

Tony

[mattymoto]

First I want to thank you Bill for presenting this so quickly from your first mention of it.

The following are merely my opinions:

"Dutch" This man is telling it how he remembers it, no lies, no embellishment, nor any signs of willful deceit. IMO this one man may have given us a chance to know some truth.

"Victor" Scared and has a very big chip on his shoulder. This combination screams to me that his testimony is riddled with disinfo, but remember, testimony with some lies in it is still testimony. I believe his words lend some- no matter how small, creedence to your overall premise.

"Henry D." I wish he were here to participate in this discussion. He has always amazed me, and I'm sure we all could benefit from his knowledge and experience.

"Dan B." Works for the "man" and I have no doubt that he has always followed their orders. Such an elegant dispenser of disinfo sprinkled with truth.



Here is where I will give a sliver of what my ultra sensitivity has allowed me to see:

I see now why "they" are acting from such a position of fear.

This is most likely a part of their plan. To leave behind the Earth until a day when they may return and attempt to convince those who have survived that they are good ETs coming to save us.


My best guess is that the only timeline in question is the one we are on. There is no potential for this timeline or that one. This catastrophe is not going to be cosmic, it is an attack they plan to launch against the Earth and her inhabitants once they get to their cozy safespot. They know they can't keep the power that they have been usurping for the last 70+ years, and this is just their best plan to maintain their deathgrip. Once again they are scared, really scared of what will be done to them once humanity finds out what they have done to humanity.

[Hervé]

Quite an entangle piece of yarn we've got here...

First of all, "they" is made up of of a number of competing groups and it seems that a few of those are practicing "Scorched Earth" policies. Particularly, my guess, the ones who have to leave for whatever reasons and therefore make it a living hell for the others not forced to leave.

Second, and I don't know how that articulates with the ones in charge of the human genome, there are a number of researchers (Steve Richards in particular) who noticed the decrease of ET abductions due to the the fact that those ETs now have enough hybrids for their project. However these hybrids are underground and it doesn't seem that they are intended for off planet shipping. That is, they are to replace the self-reproducing bodies being HPVed, GMOed, vaccined, chemtrailed, DUed, fluoridated, prozaced, EMFed/ELFed, etc... that are left on the surface.

This leads to the so-called "ascension" which is soul harvesting in disguise for the future occupants of these ready made hybrids with new contracts for the tenancy of these "wonderful new bodies."

My few cents.

[shadowstalker]

Something told me that the time lines where either lied about or not truly mentioned to DB I am not surprised about this at all, nor am i surprised about the possible end result, in fact I wrote a small theory mixed with other things in my blogger last bight, And have been doing what my spirit has told me, about a great many things, we really need to step up and start putting a positive twist to the possible end game coming our way..

[bearcow]

First of all, "they" is made up of of a number of competing groups

this is a excellent point to remember, the global elite are not a homogeneous, unified group of individuals, they have different motives, aims, ideology, etc. Some may be interested in leaving, some may be interested in staying.

some may only be interested in playing baseball
http://t3.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcRGEt4q7_WTZLGFsnarxGZord6y_V3WLm75eFmZdU2NfaS7ZPTLKw

http://t1.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcSMVYIh7jiOPVYM96d-LADiPPZysFV5MK39HX-MFnpdqmCbiufLOg

http://t2.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcT07kubELmYxJwONbXVAx3Kvb0-fxIrzdXk-x3HuwLbPo_lN_NE

http://t3.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcTZfhUWk-4i2EmpJPI5Jw9RQb0Zy8x1JUxZSo7onVzkMDh_SZG-

http://t1.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcQZPmp7CfK-1RVIAL2cLgCG4dIUkLUUZZ6uKhodWsr7E9GmIYj4

sorry couldn't resist

[Wind]

This is the time of harvest. I'm just excited.

[Unified Serenity]

First I want to thank you Bill for presenting this so quickly from your first mention of it.

The following are merely my opinions:

"Dutch" This man is telling it how he remembers it, no lies, no embellishment, nor any signs of willful deceit. IMO this one man may have given us a chance to know some truth.

"Victor" Scared and has a very big chip on his shoulder. This combination screams to me that his testimony is riddled with disinfo, but remember, testimony with some lies in it is still testimony. I believe his words lend some- no matter how small, creedence to your overall premise.

"Henry D." I wish he were here to participate in this discussion. He has always amazed me, and I'm sure we all could benefit from his knowledge and experience.

"Dan B." Works for the "man" and I have no doubt that he has always followed their orders. Such an elegant dispenser of disinfo sprinkled with truth.



Here is where I will give a sliver of what my ultra sensitivity has allowed me to see:

I see now why "they" are acting from such a position of fear.

This is most likely a part of their plan. To leave behind the Earth until a day when they may return and attempt to convince those who have survived that they are good ETs coming to save us.


My best guess is that the only timeline in question is the one we are on. There is no potential for this timeline or that one. This catastrophe is not going to be cosmic, it is an attack they plan to launch against the Earth and her inhabitants once they get to their cozy safespot. They know they can't keep the power that they have been usurping for the last 70+ years, and this is just their best plan to maintain their deathgrip. Once again they are scared, really scared of what will be done to them once humanity finds out what they have done to humanity.

I don't think they are one bit scared. They are drunk on their power, they believe they are within a hairs grasp of total control of all people and governments on the planet and they are rolling out their plans in a perfectly orchestrated story of system change. The system works, they have done it for thousands of years, and we are about to have lots of our emotional buttons pushed to get us to abandon the old system and embrace eagerly the new one they have waiting. Man is easily manipulated and we are seeing it played out day by day. Something big is coming and most will react as the elite have planned.

[Tony]

If you want to talk about reality, instead of hypothesis, here goes.
What is being discussed here is a twisted version of reality.
These “things' have no reality!

What is important is Undeniable truth. We all Know.
Everyone has this quality of knowing, of being aware.

This is not the Knowing or being Aware of 'something',
it is just Awareness, just Knowing.
It's a sense of Knowing or Awareness of existing.

This Knowing, is pure, 'unfabricated.
This Pure Perception, is our true natural Being.

Our attention should be inwards to reality, and under our control.
What happens outwardly is not a reality, just a seeming reality.

Anything that diverts our attention outwardly is controlling us!
Whatever happens, Know thy self.

Tony

[Unified Serenity]

This leads to the so-called "ascension" which is soul harvesting in disguise for the future occupants of these ready made hybrids with new contracts for the tenancy of these "wonderful new bodies."

My few cents.

Those few cents are priceless my brother. Spot on.

[gripreaper]

My hypothesis, which I will add to the beginning of this thread, is that the elite fully maximize all timelines, and do not have control over which timeline plays out. So in this context it does not seem strange to me that there are conflicts in their agenda.

Suffice it to add, if viewed in the context of all of the history of this planet, I think they screwed up on the experiment, by copulating with the indigenous species of this planet, and hybridized an offshoot and gave them the ability to reproduce like rabbits, all of which is causing the inevitable outcome of the failure of the experiment.

In order to "reset" or "fix" the problem, the most likely timeline, or agenda, would be to exit the planet and eliminate 600 billion people and let them start over without their influence, whether this reset occurs due to natural cosmic occurrences, or is engineered by the psychopathic elite.

What is painfully obvious to me, is that the last 60 or 70 years the elite have pulled out all the stops, could care less about operating with any care or regard for the species or this planet, and don't much care that we have vetted them out and they are no longer a secret. They have placed into the cultural entertainment most of the clues about the different timelines, outcomes and agendas, for those with ears to hear and eyes to see.

Ultimately, the one caveat is our ability to generate, hold, and focus life force in such a way that we are able to access the same occult practices that the elite use and connect to, yet in a humane and empathic way, instead of a satanic psychopathic way. They have spent millenia destroying and wiping out the gnostic teachings and it is incumbent upon us to revive them.

Whether they leave or not, which I think is absolutely true, they DO intend to leave, we are left with this mess. We can fix it and survive, or we can perish. Our choice.

[Chester]

well, for some reason, even though ive read intently what you posted bill,
i'm not as enthusiastic to take on the accounts of others as fact.
especially a name or two in there which i dont know.

that said, it does resonate.

in the same way it did when i got into it last time.

true knowledge unifies..... simplifies things.

i believe that they believe they are gods.
i reckon they have been going at it like there's 'no tommorow' for about a decade now.
i accept that they use the absentee god justification
(even though your mum and dad arent there all the time, it doesnt mean they dont exist!)

i accept they have spaceships.
(i so very much want one)

i accept that mars is directly connected

to a point, i have no resistance to the idea of a massive experiment
but in all that, there are enough counter questions to stop the idea falling in of its own accord.
and its probably a bit complacent, but theres not enough immediate relevence for me to look further into it.

i spose a closing question would be

there's a difference between letting a place fall into disrepair
and actively going about smashing it up.
stuff like chemtrails are ongoing programs,
so when they stop the ongoing stuff....
it might be because they see no value in it.

at that point i would be watching for 'the big one'

if they know its coming to an end, and the have a way off.....
why keep up the subtlety?

I can see two groups - a super insider group that has a plan for leaving the planet. I can see a secondary group that may think they are the primary group. This secondary group is promised tickets to the underground facilities. They are needed to complete some of the work required by the primary group. Some within the secondary group may know of the primary group and there may be competition to be allowed in this primary group (thus retaining incentive amongst all within the secondary group). I am speaking in simplistic terms but the thought seems plausible.

Note - one of the purposes of the chemtrails may be in relation to thwarting some of the effects of a serious solar event perhaps? At least for those in the secondary group?

[Tony]

Ultimate Hypotheses does not make sense, this is an Ultimate Guess.
We are embodied beings. The bodies we have inhabited over countless
life time, have gone through much.

Things happen to these bodies and minds, but no-thing can touch us.
They keep wanting you to fear, do not let them.

Just be yourself!

Tony

[Chuck]

The kill shot has never been fully explained. It could be a solar flare ala Ed Dames or it could be an inter-galactic wave of charged particles heading our way. Either one is possible. We are heading into a solar maximum period where more CMEs and flares are expected. NASA has documented elevated amounts of cosmic energy bombarding our solar system. These potential events happening when our protective shields are diminished: the magnetosphere has been diminishing for several decades and the solar winds are weakening. If cosmic radiation were to increase, were to penetrate the heliopause in greater amounts, that it might ‘grease’ the inter planetary medium for easier solar flare and CME propagation during solar cycle 24 maximum.

If it is a solar flare, then short term underground or sheltering of some kind of a few days would all be that is required for protection. However a longer term cosmic radiation wave would be a totally different kettle of fish. A longer term shelter would be needed with re-inforced thick lead walls or even depleted uranium. Hold on… just happen to have one… lol

...add this edit....


just wanted to add that experiencing a bombardment of cosmic radiation would mostly likely be "a wall of light" as hinted here of what astronauts experience as flashes of light.

http://www.universetoday.com/94714/seeing-cosmic-rays-in-space/

[Tony]

They are creating havoc with your minds.
If they keep stirring the pot (your mind)
you will not think straight and logically.

Do not react.

Look you are not going to be given the chance to press any shiny knobs on a flying-saucer and you?


You can only be where you are.

Tony

[gripreaper]

Quite an entangle piece of yarn we've got here...

First of all, "they" is made up of of a number of competing groups and it seems that a few of those are practicing "Scorched Earth" policies. Particularly, my guess, the ones who have to leave for whatever reasons and therefore make it a living hell for the others not forced to leave.

Second, and I don't know how that articulates with the ones in charge of the human genome, there are a number of researchers (Steve Richards in particular) who noticed the decrease of ET abductions due to the the fact that those ETs now have enough hybrids for their project. However these hybrids are underground and it doesn't seem that they are intended for off planet shipping. That is, they are to replace the self-reproducing bodies being HPVed, GMOed, vaccined, chemtrailed, DUed, fluoridated, prozaced, EMFed/ELFed, etc... that are left on the surface.

This leads to the so-called "ascension" which is soul harvesting in disguise for the future occupants of these ready made hybrids with new contracts for the tenancy of these "wonderful new bodies."

My few cents.

This is a definite possibility, that after the alleged event, the current human species will not be able to survive, and the new hybridized human that was developed through genetic experiments underground will have access to the surface and will be able to breathe in the new air and re-inhabit the planet.

[Tony]

We are controlled by three aspects in this universe: attraction, repulsion and inertia.
They equate to three poisons in the mind: hope, fear and ignorance.
Another translation is: desire, aversion and indifference.

That is how you are controlled.

Get free, by noticing what is going on!

Tony

[bearcow]

We are controlled by three aspects in this universe: attraction, repulsion and inertia.
They equate to three poisons in the mind: hope, fear and ignorance.
Another translation is: desire, aversion and indifference.

That is how you are controlled.

Get free, by noticing what is going on!

Tony

all these momentum's must take their natural course of resolution.

it may not seem like the most direct route, but nature takes the path of least resistance.

this makes it more efficient than any doctrine.

this is the value in being part of this forum.

[Realeyes]

Dear Bill,

I thank you so much for taking the time to put up this post of information with all these links, I very much appreciate this.

I have paid attention to yours and Kerry’s work since you both formed Project Camelot, and I have grown (like so many others) whereby you gave the World the opportunity to look at so many of the secret ‘goings on’.

You both courageously brought hidden information out into the open; you allowed us individually to define and discern for ourselves what felt true or right for us, in our reality. This is truly a beautiful unconditional gift to share with humanity. I sincerely mean this; I admire both you and Kerry’s amazing courage and perseverance setting free what has been for too long hidden under the rug kept away from Humanity.

From what I have personally learnt from my own experiences, including amazing phenomena of two physical Time-slip/dimensional shifts, and my own unique spiritual walk, I have since arrived in a different place. I am not disagreeing with the information you have posted, it was very valid in its time. I suppose, in simple Terms, I see/know there is another Timeline.

Bill mentioned at the bottom of your post
“The way they MAY be able to intervene, without breaking cosmic protocol, is by incarnating as their experimental subjects -- i.e. us.”

I absolutely agree – it is 'US' – and this involves a NEW Timeline.

I have seen green fireballs being shot from a UFO helping to clean up our atmosphere. I have watched the strange, strange things going on close to our Sun these past years. What happened ‘around’ and ‘in’ the Sun on 11-13th March this year was mind-boggling!

‘Divine Intervention’ as I understand it, cannot interfere with individual Free Will.

YET, when a Planet reaches a level of planetary consciousness of ‘people demanding’ a better way to exist; desires to embrace peace and a spiritual path rather than run or partake in all these wars & fear; people who are now seeing all the corruptness and slavery they have inadvertently allowed with nothing to show for it – and hundreds of thousands have been shouting ‘NO MORE!’

Well such Planetary collective thoughts/desires/intents/protests are heard.

As I understand it, tipping point was reached last year – The ET/ED/PTW broke the 'golden rule' – that under Free Will you cannot suppress a ‘Planet of Souls’ who demands to KNOW and BEcome more of who they truly are.

Divine Intervention is here on many levels, I am not talking about ‘saving’ etc, rather this won’t be needed in a 3d way like that, this is unfolding differently. The ‘ground crew’ have been conscious energy drivers for this to happen. I personally feel it is important to hold the Light/energy/focus - psyops wants one to think it is all a psyops, tread wisely, all ‘boxes’ are covered.

This ‘Time’ (which is flexible) of Awakening, has been prophesied for eons. Tptw are not that powerful! Something BIGGER is happening. :wizard:

I would like to confirm, I am not some half wit New Age love & lighter, Camelot helped me see the bigger picture. I am also not against ‘Survival’, I have been down the survival route, stock piled, meetings & communities, plans on undergrounds. There came a point 5 years into this that for myself, I had to define whether I knew/believed that I was an ‘Eternal Spirit’ OR was I a ‘mortal one lifer’ that all balled down to ‘survival of the fittest’ and needed to save my short-time sorry arse from a host of horrors? :der:

I shared my story in another thread of how I broke through the ‘Grand Initiation’ of human ‘survival’ where my own perspectives greatly changed and broaden to the fact there is an even Bigger story – and it is Breath-taking , Wonderful and Evolutionary Spiritual. :wizard: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46850-Bill-Ryan-speaks-up-today&p=514286#post514286

Thank you Bill again for your post and I do understand the importance. Thank you also to everyone else who has shared their views. :hug::grouphug:

Tread Wisely and Mind-Full on your Unique Spiritual Earth Walk. :grouphug:

[Hervé]

[...]

Note - one of the purposes of the chemtrails may be in relation to thwarting some of the effects of a serious solar event perhaps? At least for those in the secondary group?


[...]

This is a definite possibility, that after the alleged event, the current human species will not be able to survive, and the new hybridized human that was developed through genetic experiments underground will have access to the surface and will be able to breathe in the new air and re-inhabit the planet.

Justone, when one examines the content of these chemtrails, these contents have little to do with setting up a space-radiations screen (see this post (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?44568-FUKUSHIMA-Gen.-Bert-Stubblebine-s-Personal-Estimate-of-the-Situation-IMPORTANT&p=486053&viewfull=1#post486053)) which leads me to a question on Gripreaper's comment:

If "they" were so certain of an alleged event or "kill shot," why bother with an "Agenda 21" of GMO, chemtrails, vaccines, DU, WMDs, etc... while setting up seeds banks which would need close to current atmospheric conditions to be re-seeded?

[Realeyes]

Something told me that the time lines where either lied about or not truly mentioned to DB I am not surprised about this at all, nor am i surprised about the possible end result, in fact I wrote a small theory mixed with other things in my blogger last bight, And have been doing what my spirit has told me, about a great many things, we really need to step up and start putting a positive twist to the possible end game coming our way..

Brillaint Shadowstalker!

Another way of putting this is:

If on a Quantum level we ‘receive’ at what we ‘vibrate’ at, then the experiences we experience would have to link into our fear, pain, suffering and survival attitudes. So the more of us that owns these ‘attitudes’, holding the love for Self and Humanity would not only shift our own personal Timelines it could ‘shift others too’.

We are here to help raise the Frequency :wizard::wizard::wizard::wizard::wizard::wizard::wizard:

[Chester]

[...]

Note - one of the purposes of the chemtrails may be in relation to thwarting some of the effects of a serious solar event perhaps? At least for those in the secondary group?


[...]

This is a definite possibility, that after the alleged event, the current human species will not be able to survive, and the new hybridized human that was developed through genetic experiments underground will have access to the surface and will be able to breathe in the new air and re-inhabit the planet.

Justone, when one examines the content of these chemtrails, these contents have little to do with setting up a space-radiations screen (see this post (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?44568-FUKUSHIMA-Gen.-Bert-Stubblebine-s-Personal-Estimate-of-the-Situation-IMPORTANT&p=486053&viewfull=1#post486053)) which leads me to a question on Gripreaper's comment:

If "they" were so certain of an alleged event or "kill shot," why bother with an "Agenda 21" of GMO, chemtrails, vaccines, DU, WMDs, etc... while setting up seeds banks which would need close to current atmospheric conditions to be re-seeded?

Thank You Amzer Zo for the further info on the chemtrails - I have very little knowledge of the chemtrails.

sometimes I am still an idiot

[M6*]

Thank you Bill, for putting this together for us.
It will take me a while, but I will go through all of it,
so at least to understand the elements of it. M6*

[Kindred]

As I understand it, tipping point was reached last year – The ET/ED/PTW broke the 'golden rule' – that under Free Will you cannot suppress a ‘Planet of Souls’ who demands to KNOW and BEcome more of who they truly are.

Divine Intervention is here on many levels, I am not talking about ‘saving’ etc, rather this won’t be needed in a 3d way like that, this is unfolding differently. The ‘ground crew’ have been conscious energy drivers for this to happen. I personally feel it is important to hold the Light/energy/focus - psyops wants one to think it is all a psyops, tread wisely, all ‘boxes’ are covered.

This ‘Time’ (which is flexible) of Awakening, has been prophesied for eons. Tptw are not that powerful! Something BIGGER is happening. :wizard:

Tread Wisely and Mind-Full on your Unique Spiritual Earth Walk. :grouphug:

I Strongly Concur, and Whole Heartedly Agree with Realeyes, Amysenthia as well as with pie'n'eal's admonishments - All of them! The Forces that are in play are Far Beyond what the cabal is able to control or divert, much less, override. It is OUR Power that Counts... Not theirs. THEY are the Minority... an Extreme Minority.

The cabal has overplayed it's hand, and I see this latest 'whistle blower' as another attempt to sway people's minds towards fear, confusion, or disillusionment. There will probably be more, and even more 'outrageous' in their claims - any additional effort may take any number of takes to maintain the disunity of any one group that has some influence with the populace.

That is how I see this forum... it's a sounding board for all kinds of 'out there' knowledge and information, and you can be certain that there are many who do not join, but continue to peruse the thoughts and ideas being discussed. These discussions have an effect upon those who view them, and is the reason that the cabal tried to cause the rift between Bill and Kerry. To break up the continuity of the message... confuse the audience, and get them to start pointing fingers at each other, or at other contrived 'bogey men' and divert our attention and cohesiveness.

Keep the rabble off balance and tilting at windmills.

So... it is up to US to 'stay on message'...

As an example, I had a 'circumstance' late last year... apparently I drew the attention of some 'ops'... black or otherwise, it doesn't matter. It was Not due to some inconsequential remarks I made about some videos on YT... there were so few, and truly repeated info that was posted elsewhere. My YT account was simply the anonymous means by which they chose to communicate.

I Strongly suspect this 'attention' was drawn due to the efforts I had made toward informing those within my 'sphere', outside this forum. I had received a threat, and also came under 'attack'... psychically. I have to admit it caused some concern. I had brought it to Bill's attention, and he encouraged me to discuss it on the forum... I declined due to not knowing exactly 'what to do'. I regret that decision now...

Ultimately, I discerned that it is the dissemination of knowledge regarding Our Power, and 'what to do' that has got 'Them' all in a fluster, and caused them to act against me. THIS is what we Need to Do... Encourage Everyone you know or meet to realize their Power. I personally feel that Meditation is the surest way to insure our 'success'... it helps calm one's mind, and allows you to focus on what is important.

I thank Bill for this forum, and all that it represents - Knowledge and Free Will.

I Encourage All to embody these God given Gifts.

In Unity, Peace and Love

[M6*]

Don't be too hard on yourself. "The longest journey starts with a single step." You will get there....and soon. M6*

[Kindred]

I'll begin with the closing statement:

For me, I won't be any one's energetic battery]. That's not what I'm here for. There's an Inner Light that grows as it is shared with all that are ready to receive and pass along. ...

IMO this vid is designed to keep everyone in confusion, fearful, and keep them busy with outside opinions too busy to come up with one’s own opinions.

EXACTLY! Thank You WCBD!

BE the Light!

[RunningDeer]

I posted this on another thread:

Back in the summer of 1986, through power naps and contemplation and watching pictures come across my mind, a story wrote itself. It was before I had a quality computer, so I backed up my material on to a tape recorder.

I submitted the finished product to several places. Letters that came back explaining that it didn’t fit the sci-fi genre. While waiting for the “next rejection”, I discovered an old bookstore. Books ‘talk’ to me. This one particular one, on the top shelf said, “Pick me, pick me.” I was dumbfounded, because it was about two different expeditions that came up with the same conclusion. I don’t recall the title but it was something like “The Hollow Earth”. Their accounts had been woven into my writings, where ships were sucked into this vortex at the poles. Tall people took care of the shipwrecked castaways and sent them back, with only a vague recollection and a pack that no one was to speak of it.

I write this because the book was about how one society was driven below the Earth to live out their days. They had radiation poison and were deformed. This class didn’t have access to the medications. Unbeknownst to the “elite” above, this society thrived and used materials from their environment and healed everyone. Their intuitive powers where just a part of who they had evolved into. This race was thousands of years old and many lived to be 700-800 years. By the twentieth century, their mission was to come to the surface and assist individuals who exhibited love, kindness, generosity, etc. The goal was to prepare them to help others that were awakening. Too, the ancient society were preparing to come up in larger numbers to integrate above. The ending was that those with evolving energies joined with the ancient society in their world because too many were not ready to let go of the anger and fighting and class divisions.

I’d be the first to admit that by today’s standards, it’s elementary. Back then, at least for someone like me who only read philosophy books, it was an interesting journey. I rationalized that I was influenced by films and books such as, “The Lost Horizon”, “Shangri-La”, “The Kin of Ata are Waiting for You.” But there were details that were different from this material. A couple of years ago, I came across, “The Hollow Earth,” by Dianne Robbins. That book has some similar information. It served to confirm what my gut and experiences told me some 24 years earlier. On some level, I seem to recall this even when I was young.

We are those ET’s waking up. We are the ones to raise the vibration within ourselves here on Mother Earth. Open to the possibility. It will show itself. Even more so now with this new energy that’s unlocking the strands of DNA. Opening up the charkas. Or however you perceive it. Spend time and energy on what’s within or ultimately not within.

The renewed Mother Earth is a place where all are ageless, total health, loving communities, manifesting whatever is needed, surrounded by beauty and air filled with fragrances, thought communications with all life.

[Jeffrey]

These lower astral (some higher, but still astral) entities do exist. They were not made to incarnate, they do not want to incarnate. They feed on the psychic energy that bleeds through our etheric bodies into their dimension - the astral. They feed on souls. Yes, souls. The soul is an energy carrier, it is a network of energy.

This whole notion of spiritual evolution and graduating to higher planes isn't quite right when you put it like that. It's about de-programming. Our etheric bodies have foreign attachments on them, there are cords knotted up, and their are etheric-type cords installed to them for feeding. So it's not that the soul was meant to evolve. It was perfect in it's natural state as simply an energy carrier - a harmonious individualization of the spirit. Knowledge of self awareness included. Then it became deluded, tinkered with. Knots, attachments, reincarnation and all that. Manipulation and deception.

Food for thought.

Thoughts for food in this case.

This sacrifice of the planet is actually an initiation into the New Age, the Age of Man, the Golden Age, the New World Order. I think that's spot on Bill - a global ritualistic sacrifice, but they call it an initiation. I call it bull****.





Choronzon is the dweller on the threshold, the Guardian of the Abyss. Thus he is the ultimate initiator, and so to turn back when he looms unexpectedly in one's life, is to deny oneself possibilities of evolution. For it is not just the Abyss which Choronzon guards, but also the supernal triad beyond it, those ineffable flowers of samadhi which may only be reached by crossing the Abyss. Whether this crossing is a torturous ordeal or a blissful release is basically up to the individual's perspective, to how they deal with the process of initiation.

For Choronzon is not actually such a bad guy after all, once you get to know him. He's just rather mischievious; although if you take His games and jokes too seriously, you can indeed get hurt. The trick is to remember its all play, and see Choronzon for the oversized spoilt but lovable brat that He is.

Most of the impressions we have of this apparent arch-fiend are from the Elizabethan era, that moralistic morass of righteousness dominated by patriarchal fundamental Christianity. John Dee and Edward Kelly who met this 'demon', though dabblers in arcane lore and considerably open-minded for their time, were still largely shaped psychically by this constricted dominant paradigm. Even Aleister Crowley, the next magickian to have major publicized dealings with this entity, was still afflicted somewhat by the last vestiges of the patriarchy which he did so much towards helping to destroy. Although in his revolutionary social upheavals his attitude to Choronzon was to face Him squarely (or at least triangularly), he still perceived him as basically the epitome of evil.





Even more recently, in our current era of multi-cultural multi-aeonic perspectives, Peter Carroll, avatar of Chaos Magick -a vanguard of belief-freeing heresy- still presents Choronzon as a negative being, that force which binds us to self-delusion and illusion, and urges us to 'Banish him whenever he appears'. But if one believes (and Chaos magickians generally seem to ultimately believe in only this) that 'Nothing is True', it's all illusion anyway, the Hindu concept of Maya - Illusion. So by this freedom of belief, we see Choronzon as 'Lord of Hallucination' being basically the lord of manifest reality. He guards the Abyss because this is the gateway to the No-thing from which comes all forms, and He is the weaver of forms, the master of matter and manifestation.

This is crap. This is Choronzon's deception, that the keys to righteousness and the powers that the wannabe godmen seek can only be aquired through Choronzon. Well, guess who that is. Samael - the Chief Archon. Choronzon IS Yaldabaoth.

Read about the connection here:

http://www.digital-brilliance.com/kab/essays/GnosticTrail.htm

Now let's see what Alice Bailey has to say about the New Age initiation.





Upon certain planetary happenings, connected with the life of the One "in Whom we live and move and have our being." These involve the impact upon our planet of Forces and Energies which will be instrumental in altering the existing civilisation and culture, in climaxing karmic necessity and in thus engineering release, presenting humanity with that stage in the experience of the disciple which we call "the meeting of the Dweller on the Threshold with the Angel of the Presence," and inducing as a consequence a certain planetary initiation.

Wait, what was that Alice? You want to engineer a karmic release for the planet by presenting it to the Archons? You want to sacrifice the planet to demonic gods in order to build anew? You want us to meet the "dweller of the threshold" for all that is good and neccessary? What's that? Your in bed with the Freemasons?

She proposes to do this through the use of the "Shamballa force/energies" which from her point of view sounds to me like the other 333rd of Choronzon.

This page is peppered with information pertaining to this:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46028-A-New-World-Order-Exposing-the-Luciferian-Agenda&p=505248&viewfull=1#post505248

These extradimensional entities need us, we don't need them. They have ships that can traverse to our plane, and they have methods of existing here physically. They achieve this through symbiotic means of possession, blood sacrifice, genetic pre-dispositions for compatibility (inbreeding of the serpent seed) etc etc. Shapeshifting and all that.

The astral IS their domain. There is no evolution in the astral. The thought of the planet shifting frequencies into/through the astral and graduating is baloney imo.

We could be actually moving into a part of space that would allow more interaction between the physical earth and these astral entities OR they could be creating the type of atmosphere where they can come and play (ie using HAARP, chemtrails, radiation, and influencing the collective psyche through media to facilitate in this transition). 2012 I think is a window of opportunity for them (artificially induced or natural). Revelations and Ragnarok type of thing.

This is not a theory, what we are doing is hypothesizing. This is not fearporn, but to get our heads out of the clouds (or sand) and consider these things (based on information and calculations) is to not be naive. Knowing your enemy is a step closer to realizing your victory.

[crested-duck]

First I want to thank you Bill for presenting this so quickly from your first mention of it.

The following are merely my opinions:

"Dutch" This man is telling it how he remembers it, no lies, no embellishment, nor any signs of willful deceit. IMO this one man may have given us a chance to know some truth.

"Victor" Scared and has a very big chip on his shoulder. This combination screams to me that his testimony is riddled with disinfo, but remember, testimony with some lies in it is still testimony. I believe his words lend some- no matter how small, creedence to your overall premise.

"Henry D." I wish he were here to participate in this discussion. He has always amazed me, and I'm sure we all could benefit from his knowledge and experience.

"Dan B." Works for the "man" and I have no doubt that he has always followed their orders. Such an elegant dispenser of disinfo sprinkled with truth.



Here is where I will give a sliver of what my ultra sensitivity has allowed me to see:

I see now why "they" are acting from such a position of fear.

This is most likely a part of their plan. To leave behind the Earth until a day when they may return and attempt to convince those who have survived that they are good ETs coming to save us.


My best guess is that the only timeline in question is the one we are on. There is no potential for this timeline or that one. This catastrophe is not going to be cosmic, it is an attack they plan to launch against the Earth and her inhabitants once they get to their cozy safespot. They know they can't keep the power that they have been usurping for the last 70+ years, and this is just their best plan to maintain their deathgrip. Once again they are scared, really scared of what will be done to them once humanity finds out what they have done to humanity.

I don't think they are one bit scared. They are drunk on their power, they believe they are within a hairs grasp of total control of all people and governments on the planet and they are rolling out their plans in a perfectly orchestrated story of system change. The system works, they have done it for thousands of years, and we are about to have lots of our emotional buttons pushed to get us to abandon the old system and embrace eagerly the new one they have waiting. Man is easily manipulated and we are seeing it played out day by day. Something big is coming and most will react as the elite have planned. It all leads directly to this!!!i-Rol7EdcOc---Same old game by same ol folks that believe they have a god given right to rule over others..:drum:.Rob

[Sebastion]

Vivek: This may sound a little crazy to some but this Choronzon and the description you have of him sounds extremely like the entity I have run into in the past. I knew him as the Lord of the Mental realms and knew that he had jurisdiction over all below him. He is certainly the master of all illusion and a formidable one to get passed in order to gain access to the all that is beyond him.




These lower astral (some higher, but still astral) entities do exist. They were not made to incarnate, they do not want to incarnate. They feed on the psychic energy that bleeds through our etheric bodies into their dimension - the astral. They feed on souls. Yes, souls. The soul is an energy carrier, it is a network of energy.

This whole notion of spiritual evolution and graduating to higher planes isn't quite right when you put it like that. It's about de-programming. Our etheric bodies have foreign attachments on them, there are cords knotted up, and their are etheric-type cords installed to them for feeding. So it's not that the soul was meant to evolve. It was perfect in it's natural state as simply an energy carrier - a harmonious individualization of the spirit. Knowledge of self awareness included. Then it became deluded, tinkered with. Knots, attachments, reincarnation and all that. Manipulation and deception.

Food for thought.

Thoughts for food in this case.

This sacrifice of the planet is actually an initiation into the New Age, the Age of Man, the Golden Age, the New World Order. I think that's spot on Bill - a global ritualistic sacrifice, but they call it an initiation. I call it bull****.





Choronzon is the dweller on the threshold, the Guardian of the Abyss. Thus he is the ultimate initiator, and so to turn back when he looms unexpectedly in one's life, is to deny oneself possibilities of evolution. For it is not just the Abyss which Choronzon guards, but also the supernal triad beyond it, those ineffable flowers of samadhi which may only be reached by crossing the Abyss. Whether this crossing is a torturous ordeal or a blissful release is basically up to the individual's perspective, to how they deal with the process of initiation.

For Choronzon is not actually such a bad guy after all, once you get to know him. He's just rather mischievious; although if you take His games and jokes too seriously, you can indeed get hurt. The trick is to remember its all play, and see Choronzon for the oversized spoilt but lovable brat that He is.

Most of the impressions we have of this apparent arch-fiend are from the Elizabethan era, that moralistic morass of righteousness dominated by patriarchal fundamental Christianity. John Dee and Edward Kelly who met this 'demon', though dabblers in arcane lore and considerably open-minded for their time, were still largely shaped psychically by this constricted dominant paradigm. Even Aleister Crowley, the next magickian to have major publicized dealings with this entity, was still afflicted somewhat by the last vestiges of the patriarchy which he did so much towards helping to destroy. Although in his revolutionary social upheavals his attitude to Choronzon was to face Him squarely (or at least triangularly), he still perceived him as basically the epitome of evil.





Even more recently, in our current era of multi-cultural multi-aeonic perspectives, Peter Carroll, avatar of Chaos Magick -a vanguard of belief-freeing heresy- still presents Choronzon as a negative being, that force which binds us to self-delusion and illusion, and urges us to 'Banish him whenever he appears'. But if one believes (and Chaos magickians generally seem to ultimately believe in only this) that 'Nothing is True', it's all illusion anyway, the Hindu concept of Maya - Illusion. So by this freedom of belief, we see Choronzon as 'Lord of Hallucination' being basically the lord of manifest reality. He guards the Abyss because this is the gateway to the No-thing from which comes all forms, and He is the weaver of forms, the master of matter and manifestation.

This is crap. This is Choronzon's deception, that the keys to righteousness and the powers that the wannabe godmen seek can only be aquired through Choronzon. Well, guess who that is. Samael - the Chief Archon. Choronzon IS Yaldabaoth.

Read about the connection here:

http://www.digital-brilliance.com/kab/essays/GnosticTrail.htm

Now let's see what Alice Bailey has to say about the New Age initiation.





Upon certain planetary happenings, connected with the life of the One "in Whom we live and move and have our being." These involve the impact upon our planet of Forces and Energies which will be instrumental in altering the existing civilisation and culture, in climaxing karmic necessity and in thus engineering release, presenting humanity with that stage in the experience of the disciple which we call "the meeting of the Dweller on the Threshold with the Angel of the Presence," and inducing as a consequence a certain planetary initiation.

Wait, what was that Alice? You want to engineer a karmic release for the planet by presenting it to the Archons? You want to sacrifice the planet to demonic gods in order to build anew? You want us to meet the "dweller of the threshold" for all that is good and neccessary? What's that? Your in bed with the Freemasons?

She proposes to do this through the use of the "Shamballa force/energies" which from her point of view sounds to me like the other 333rd of Choronzon.

This page is peppered with information pertaining to this:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46028-A-New-World-Order-Exposing-the-Luciferian-Agenda&p=505248&viewfull=1#post505248

These extradimensional entities need us, we don't need them. They have ships that can traverse to our plane, and they have methods of existing here physically. They achieve this through symbiotic means of possession, blood sacrifice, genetic pre-dispositions for compatibility (inbreeding of the serpent seed) etc etc. Shapeshifting and all that.

The astral IS their domain. There is no evolution in the astral. The thought of the planet shifting frequencies into/through the astral and graduating is baloney imo.

We could be actually moving into a part of space that would allow more interaction between the physical earth and these astral entities OR they could be creating the type of atmosphere where they can come and play (ie using HAARP, chemtrails, radiation, and influencing the collective psyche through media to facilitate in this transition). 2012 I think is a window of opportunity for them (artificially induced or natural). Revelations and Ragnarok type of thing.

This is not a theory, what we are doing is hypothesizing. This is not fearporn, but to get our heads out of the clouds (or sand) and consider these things (based on information and calculations) is to not be naive. Knowing your enemy is a step closer to realizing your victory.

[Hervé]

Now, this is a "biggie" I don't recall Bill ever mentioning before:


-------

[...]
7 ---
Finally, here are a couple of kickers, which are as unsavory as it gets. I present these as points to be considered by those with the stomach for what Einstein called a “thought experiment”.



[...]

b) The most horrific scenario of all: the abandonment of Planet Earth may be the ultimate mass human sacrifice to their demonic “gods”.
[...]


To give some perspective on that point, I'll repost here what I posted on the Horus-Ra thread:
[...]

since it's also an indication that all sacrificial rituals do not necessarily happen in secluded crypts:



It is my opinion that the core issue amongst 3D humanity on earth is founded in the practice of human sacrifice and that some ET groups are intimately involved. And that some of the "cabal" are heavily involved as well in this practice. And that some within the cabal are actively working with these non terrestrial practitioners.

There are many respected posters on this forum that share this opinion.

If claims are made that the cabal has been defeated then the amount of satanic ritual abuse should go way, way down if not be completely eliminated.

And we can monitor if this is or is not the case.

justoneman


[...]

-- As Justoneman correctly states, there is a considerable and almost unconfrontable backstage and hidden continuing practice of satanic ritual abuse and sacrifice that fuels and empowers demonic agendas connected with all the above. We're in big trouble on Planet Earth (and have been for several thousand years) -- and only mass awakening and awareness, with the engagement of the mainstream media, will really turn the tide.

[...]


----

And a PS -- against which the list of problems above pales in comparison.

I genuinely don't yet know exactly what to make of this, but I'm compiling and carefully evaluating some evidence that seems to suggest that the global controllers may be preparing to leave the planet. Not as in exiling themselves, but as in leaving a ship that they believe will sink with no reasonable hope of salvage.

Remember: their commitment is to protect (and manage/control) the human genome... not to take care of individuals, about which they care pretty well as much as a farmer cares for the fate of individual cows in a large herd.

This is not as ridiculous or as impossible as it sounds. I have half a dozen data points, each of which should be taken seriously, that might suggest this, and they all fit together. I'll say no more about this right now, because it's downright scary. I want to prepare some kind of presentation and then submit it for scrutiny and analysis... we're all in this together, folks.

Sometimes it may be difficult to grasp the SCALE that these sacrificial rituals do take...

Check this thread: RMS Titanic was in fact the RMS Olympic - Insurance fraud by JP Morgan (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46847-RMS-Titanic-was-in-fact-the-RMS-Olympic-Insurance-fraud-by-JP-Morgan)

Holodomor...

Dresden...

Hiroshima-Nagasaki long after Japan stated a surrender...

9-11...

Irak-Afghanistan and attendant tortures

About the mindset behind these things:


As I said before, Skull and Bones, the Rockefeller Family and the Illuminati in general worship death and believe that the gods they worship are pleased by it. They believe that their gods grant them favors, such as wealth, in proportion to how well they provide fear, anger, and ritual human sacrifices for them to feed off of. This is standard Aztec human sacrifice kind of magical thinking. Never mind that the Aztecs, the Druids, and Incans, that practiced such human sacrifices were ultimately unsuccessful as societies. They still appealed to the Pirates of Skull and Bones and the pseudo-mystical Illuminati. These people are not scientists. They do not have the patience for. They just want to rape and plunder populations without having to think too much about it.

Later I had a discussion with David Rockefeller over this Illuminati intended genocide of most of the planet’s population. That was shortly after Tenet resigned from the CIA but had not yet been replaced. So, McLaughlin was acting Director of CIA. And I had accompanied him to a Washington DC evening meeting at which David Rockefeller was present. After the meeting, McLaughlin and Rockefeller had a private meeting in which I was present mainly as a note taker. But since it touched on the expansion of the US BioWarfare programs, I was unable to keep my mouth firmly shut. Thus, I objected to the expansion and said so in no uncertain terms. Rockefeller accused me of subverting his plans to “purge the world of its shaff.” I said “Other people are not disposable coverings of grain”. He said, “Of course, they are. They are as unnecessary to this planet as extra bolts in a factory which is done making the equipment. There is nothing left to do with them than throw them out when one is done with their usefulness.” I bristled at that. McLaughlin tried to change the subject to defuse the situation. Rockefeller then said something that I did not expect. He said, “Don’t worry. I will have statues made of me that look like Christ so you can still have something to worship.” I was so shocked that I dropped the subject.

[...]

Later, I found that not only had David Rockefeller commissioned bronzes of people jumping out of the WTC on 911, but he had commissioned bronzes of himself which looked like religious statues to worship. Because I found photos of them inside the CIA’s David Rockefeller Audio-Visual Center, I took them down to the CIA’s photo ID dept. I asked about 10 people in that dept. who the person represented in the statue was. The statue was textured on the face making it unclear whether the figure was bearded or not. Three of them said Rockefeller, though one of those said Nelson, not David. Most said a saint and two of them said, “Jesus”. That is how well the sculptor accomplished David Rockefeller’s wish to be immortalized as a Christ like figure while planning genocide to kill off 5.5 billion people!
(from: "case 26: Your sickness and Genocide Planned in the USA" by whistleblower Sue Ann Arrigo (http://avalonlibrary.net/Sue_Arrigo/))


As for the reason behind the commissioning of people jumping off these towers:


A Robber Baron’s Delight in the Suffering of Others—1929 Stock Market Crash

Nelson Rockefeller used to brag to me that John D. Rockefeller caused the 1929 stock market collapse. It ruined his competitors, the smaller investor who were caught by surprise when it happened. He said that this forefather of his was delighted by the sight of his business rivals jumping out of Wall Street buildings to their deaths. He had told Nelson how much he enjoyed that and wanted to repeat that highlight of his life again. It was his dying request that it get repeated. This was something that Nelson told me many times, almost every time Helms sent me over to see him.

After 9-11, the Rockefellers made life-sized bronze statues of the people jumping out of the WTC as they fell to their deaths. They put them on public display in NY. The public outcry against the callous disregard of the victim’s families required them to remove them. The businessmen in the WTC towers were not the ultra wealth Robber Barons that could afford their own buildings. They were the international competitors of them. Perhaps the Rockefeller family thought the similarity of the events, both occurring near the NY Stock Exchange was sufficient to fulfill that death-bed wish of their extremely wealthy ancestor.
(From: Case 22A: Were the US Troops Fed Poisonous Beverages on Purpose? http://www.mediafire.com/?cex0oynxsj0 (http://www.mediafire.com/?cex0oynxsj0) )
Any war actually falls under that category of an immolation to the "gods."

Now, to substantiate that last statement, consider the following retrieved from the Skull & Bones diaries that are part of the Rockefeller archives:



The followings are excerpted from Sue Arrigo's case 20 (http://avalonlibrary.net/Sue_Arrigo/):





Skull and Bones Founded the CIA



http://projectavalon.net/forum4/attachment.php?attachmentid=9032&stc=1
There are only 15 new members of the Skull and Bones Death Worship Cult initiated each year; 150 every 10 years, 300 in the age range of 45 to 65. Since the population of the US is about 300 million, there is a 1 in a million or 0.000,0001 probability of a Skull and Bones man in that picture. However, in statistics we give the first such case the benefit of the doubt of coincidence and call it the index case. The probability that there was not a conspiracy involving Skull and Bones founding the CIA is the probability that the next three Skull and Bonesmen in the room were there by chance alone. That probability is 1 in a million cubed or 0.000,000,000,000,000,001. In short, this photo proves beyond a reasonable doubt that Skull and Bones was behind the founding of the CIA.

That does not exclude other co-conspirators in the legislative coup that in my opinion overthrew American democracy, such as the Rockefeller Family. The CIA specializes in rigging elections and does its best even in the US. Its success in that arena is proven by the US no longer having an audit-able paper trail of the votes (read Black Box Voting book free at www.blackboxvoting.org (http://www.blackboxvoting.org/) not .com). It is also proven by the fact that the voter was robbed of meaningful choice in Presidential elections by having the candidates allied with secret societies. And it is proven by the public’s wanting health care, a modicum of job security, better schools, etc. ignored election after election. The Council on Foreign Relations represents the interests of powerful bankers like the Rockefellers, not the interests of the man on the street. When was the last time you had a vote at one of their meetings? They are not in favor of democracy or freedom, except as words to get others to do as they want. See the books Profits Not People and Manufacturing Consent by Noam Chomsky or the excellent 167-minute documentary Manufacturing Consent at http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-5631882395226827730&hl=en (http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-5631882395226827730&hl=en)

Both Bushes, Clinton, and Kerry are members of Skull and Bones. The chance of all 4 of them being the nominees for President without a conspiracy to accomplish it is 0.000,000,000,000,000,001 i.e. less than 1 in a quadrillion. Watergate was the tip of the iceberg in the CIA’s efforts to rig US elections. We had two men with integrity, without ties to financial scandals, running for election, Ralph Nader, and Ron Paul. Neither could get the nomination because they did not have the blessing of the Rockefellers, Bushes and their CIA. The CIA was set up to protect their illegal business operations and hide them from the public.

The Charter for the CIA was written by Bonesman Robert Lovett. Many of the early top officials in the CIA were members of Skull and Bones, including the Chief of Counter-Intelligence, Angleton, and the Director of Personnel. Those were key positions to ensure that only the people Skull and Bones wanted in the CIA got into it and the ability to kick out those that they decided to get rid of. Angleton often got rid of people. Outsiders attributed that to his being paranoid about the Soviets. Since he was a very early boss of mine, I was able to form my own opinion from the inside. It appeared to me that he was getting rid of people who objected to the CIA being run by Skull and Bones or who objected to the CIA seizing control of the US govt. behind the scenes.

Just what is Skull and Bones? Read these pages and you will begin to understand the danger of allowing politicians to have loyalties to a secret society.

A History of Skull and Bones Rituals Recalled From their Own Archives

They practice Christianity with their lips, and Satanism by their deeds. Some of them are mind controlled into amnesia by the trauma and drugs at the initial ceremony and do not even know later that they are Satanists. Others do know. I would say that about 20 percent are fully aware that what they are doing is evil and wrong and just don't know how to stop it. About 50% know what they are doing but deny that it is evil. They excuse it as their right to be pagan and uninhibited. Then about 10 percent are full multiples and are clueless in their overt personality as to what they are doing in their covert personalities. Then about another 20 percent are too lazy and apathetic to think about what they are doing. They are just doing it because others do it. (See the last section below “Protecting yourself from blackmail”, if you have fallen into one of these traps).

The CIA did find methods to make over 90% of people criminals without a discernible conscience. They started with the basic Skull and Bone’s ritual and had already made some improvements in it by the time Rodman Rockefeller tasked me to look into the issue. He was not happy with the almost 10% failure rate. Ops were run on Congressmen, CEO’s, and foreign dignitaries. Having to kill 10% of them soon after inviting them to a “DC Party” was a high security risk--- someone might notice and leak that to a part of the press which was not well controlled. So, Rodman was very anxious that the “failure rate”get below 5%.

Rodman brought me the historical records from the Skull and Bone’s Crypt. That included a blood smear on paper for each of the major rituals, and also financial records, and diaries. There was also an official registry of deaths, the names of the victims was occasionally listed as unknown. In the 1830’s, the basic Skull and Bone’s ritual was to rape/sodomize and then kill a victim with a knife, in no particular order. The victim was often a black person in those years, and a young virginal person was favored. The Klu Klux Klan was doing much the same thing with an emphasis on hanging. They were not so concerned with hiding their crimes, except for their rape of the women and girls. And they hid that because of their racism, not because of any great concern for being caught. In the 1830’s, one could buy a black slave and kill him/her with few people so much as raising an eyebrow. Yale, though in the North, was an enclave of racism and slave-owner bravado. Many of the buildings are named after prominent slave owners. The first sex slaves used in their crypt were blacks or mulattos. Before the Civil War sometimes they had been able to get a black person from the Yale police station for free by just mentioning “their need” to the police. Over time that changed, because the Civil War came and went. The victims continued to be mainly blacks with a rare American Indian—but they were harder to come by. One had to stalk and abduct one, or purchase one on the black market and smuggle one in.

[…]

During most of the years of Skull and Bones, the average number of murders committed by the Bonesmen students was about 3 a year. There was one year in which no one at all was killed, but that was judged to be a mistake later. People attributed the “loose tongues” to the ritual not being effective without a human sacrifice. I doubt that that was due to the “occult effectiveness” of human sacrifice, so much as the psychological affect of it. It could cause one to think twice before opening one’s mouth. One class tried to kill a person a month, much like the later “Get a man” fundraiser.

[…]

The man sacrificed was the one judged most likely to spill the beans or who had talked the most. That meant that for at least a year each member lived in fear of death. The diaries were solemn affairs brooding over death. The rituals were not killing the innocent, but a partner in the various other crimes that they committed together, which were many. Those crimes were competitions in stealing horses, buggies, and breaking into buildings on campus. The ritual itself at that point was to quickly cut the throat of the classmate, drain his blood into a basin, add 50% hard spirits, drink it, and then sexually violate the body.

That era came to an end when one of the parents of a sacrificed boy found out about it. The other students in that year were given a choice to serve in WWI or be put in prison. They chose military service. It was a curious choice to give them as the US was not in WWI yet—in fact, no one was. It would take several more years before WWI started. The Bonesmen elders were behind schedule in getting it off the ground. Per the documents in the Rockefeller Archive much preparation had been done to ensure a world war. It was a relative of a VIP that had been killed, I believe, albeit a fairly unimportant one. He was considered a runt in the family, a distant cousin, and a “tag-along good-for-nothing” by the other boys forced to accept him as a member. He had furthermore a limp left over from an attack of polio, if I remember correctly, and lacked the athletic charisma that the others wanted Skull and Bones to be known for on campus.

[…]

During WWI, the diaries were filled with war news, particularly war news that came from the Bonesmen on the front about eating the hearts of the enemies. Ironically, having killed one of their own, the Bonesmen students had divided over who should take the blame for offing the runt. The choice had been a democratic one, a secret vote written on scraps of human skin from previous victims. One man complained that his scrap being from a black man had been hard to read. He complained that he may have been deprived of a vote because others voted on white dried skin and were more legible. Out of that discussion, it was revealed that the Bonesmen were in the habit of skinning their victims and making parchment from their hides. They used a different victim for each voting slip. Furthermore, they used parchments sometimes as “blankets” to sleep under to prove that they were not afraid of death. They were already living in the midst of many human bones in the crypt. Given that their fellow Bonesmen were in the trenches in WWI violating bodies when they could, it is perhaps no surprise that things in the crypt got more macabre. It got weirder than that and I will not go further to spare the reader.

The next standard ritual in the 1920’s was for them to sacrifice a young white girl who was a virgin by first gang raping her and then cutting out her heart and eating it raw. The girl captured was often the daughter of their father’s business competitor to help cut off his blood line. These were girls that they saw at cotillions in the hey days of the 1920’s when girls were no longer well chaperoned. The Bonesmen voted on who they wanted to capture, often deciding on 2-3 girls and abducting them over the course of a year. Because they wanted a sex slave to have sex with during the whole year, they went to abducting 2 and sacrificing one quickly and enslaving the other. She was then sacrificed when they got tired of her, and another girl was abducted. In about 1926, one girl escaped after a two-month long episode of being raped nightly and went to the police. Her wealthy family accompanied her. The Bonesmen, on discovering that, used their powerful contacts to call in the National Guard. The police station was set on fire and burned down with the girl, the family, and the police inside! The young men were told by their Bonesmen elders to be more careful; the locks on the crypt were redone. For a few days after that, the diary entries were morose again—some of the men had had their allowance cut because they had “gotten caught”. There was no moral embarrassment at the deed of enslaving the girl, only at the work their parents had had to go to in order to clean up the problem.

After that, the Bonesmen fathers picked who was allowed to be in charge of the policemen in the neighborhood of Yale and eventually in the whole state, just for good measure. After a Harvard girl of very wealthy parents disappeared into the crypt in about 1932, never to be seen again alive, the fathers extended their coverage to Massachusetts. By the end of WWII, they bragged that they had 24 States sewn up against possible murder reports originating from their activities that included drug running and the stealing of girls to sell into sexual slavery. Because the stealing and selling of American children as sex slaves increased, they needed more men to do the kidnapping and transporting of them. It was also helpful to have a border with another country close by to skip over, if one side got onto you.


Children and most adults are in the dark about the dangers of Secret Societies. They are secret because others would not approve of the criminal or mind control aspects of them.

There is nothing nice about being tortured, raped, and enslaved by others. So, Skull and Bones has tried to make to look cool or fun. But any group that one joins that terrorizes its members in an initiation ceremony and threatens to kill them if they talk, go to the police, or try to leave its control, is a criminal organization. The Mafia, the KKK, and street gangs are much the same as Skull and Bones; they all require their members to commit crimes so that they have a blackmail hold over them.

Sad orchestrated 3D reality planned a long, long time ago...

Any need to mention a certain Albert Pike's letter to Giusseppe Mazzini dated August 15, 1871 regarding WW I, WW II and WW III?

[DeDukshyn]

I'm going to go do some gardening, then play with my kids, and maybe watch a movie with my family, and sip my favorite beer. You guys exchange fear for me okay? Because I'm busy enjoying life! (maybe while it is still here - it matters not as long as I have no regrets!) ;)

[Wind]

How can one know if there are negative entities leeching life force out of him? I think I might have an unwanted companion, of course it's just a guess. Is there any possible way to get rid of those energetic "vampires"?

[Jeffrey]

Sebastion,

From what you have just said reminded me of what Crowley and his scribe concluded about Choronzon too (I am in no way comparing you to Crowley lol).

If we consider that this entity is actually Yaldabaoth, then the position he holds is one of arrogance and deception. He boasts about being god of all and his jurisdiction is self declared. He is lying according to the Gnostics. They actually outline a series of questions and responses that one must engage in to get by these beings at the threshold.

The way Crowley put it afterwards seemed like he thought it was nessecary to encorporate the energy of this entity, or pay it homage or something like an initiation process involving working with this force. Similar to what Bailey describes in Externalization of the Hierarchy. I just can't accept that. I won't accept that if it involves engineering mass sacrifice.

Lord of the Mental - interesting title. Feel free to contact me via PM, I'd like to learn from your experiences lol

[ghostrider]

mind blowing !. All this makes my head spin whoo ! when we get to the future lets quarentine the cabal families and imprison them on the moons of pluto and surround it with a radiation belt and forbid them to ever go into space, we should also outlaw time travel for anyone who has a greedy/controlling/power hungry/ego personality . Set the rules for the future now and stop the cycle of madness ... this is the mother of all threads. I'm curious about this EVENT I keep hearing about. does anyone know ? solar flare? asteriod ? nuclear war ? global unrest ? mega-quake ? or could it be all of the above ? dutch I believe, victor is scared but confident , Henry seems the most honest to me. Dan seems always stressed like a chess player. The one thing I noticed , everybody takes God out of the picture when it comes to man , and the earth. the great spirit can change all this in a moment and the whole thing is a blip .:wizard:

[Jeffrey]

Take this into account. Replace millenium hype with Mayans and 2012 . . .

The Stargate Conspiracy





Revealing the truth behind extraterrestrial contact, military intelligence and the mysteries of Ancient Egypt

The Stargate Conspiracy exposes the most insidious, disturbing - and successful - mass manipulation of our times. Designed to bring us, hearts, minds and souls under the total control of the conspirators, this sinister programme has ruthlessly exploited our Millennial craving for signs and wonders - even hijacking the predicted return of the ancient gods. The Conspiracy...

Its central focus is the belief that the gods of the ancient world were extraterrestrials who created and civilized the human race, that they’re back - and that, communicating through special chosen ones, they are actively directing the way we think.
However, The Stargate Conspiracy reveals that this romantic and exciting scenario was in fact the brainchild of the West’s most powerful intellectual agencies. Designed to become a new religion for the 21st century, its real purpose is political - to make us easier to control. Centered on the search for lost secrets of the pyramid builders, this extraordinary true story reveals the links between US scientific intelligence agencies, Mars and ancient Egypt. For almost 50 years, like Frankenstein’s monster, this conspiracy has been put together from cultish - but astonishingly powerful - belief systems, culminating in the emergence of a new fundamentalism that is gathering strength by feeding on Millennium fever.

Lynn Picknett and Clive Prince reveal the secret agenda that unites apparently independent authors and researchers - including top names with millions of readers worldwide - and which is targeted to all of us. The Stargate Conspiracy reveals that even the genuine mysteries of the gods themselves have been hijacked by powerful cabals - which include top industrialists, politicians, scientists and intelligence agencies such as MI5 and the CIA - in order to fulfill their secret agenda. At the heart of this conspiracy is the belief that the ancient Egyptian gods were - and are - extra terrestrial beings, that certain key people are in contact with them, and that they are about to return through the ‘stargate’ between our world and theirs.





The one thing that many of these expectations have in common is the sense that the past is catching up with us that the transformation of our future will, in some way, be connected the ancient past. Ancient sites around the world are the focus of Millennium Fever but none more so than those of Egypt, and particularly the Giza Plateau. Many believe that some revelation connected with the Great Pyramid, or with the Sphinx, will be the trigger for a New Age.

Such expectancy, such hope, such belief is very, very potent. It is wide open for exploitation not just for financial gain, but for those who want to try to change the way we think. And that is what Lynn and I believe is happening. Our book, The Stargate Conspiracy, describes a 50-year-long plot to create, and then exploit, expectations about ancient Egypt as part of what amounts to a programme of social engineering. It is a very high-level plot that, essentially, aims to hijack the very real mysteries of ancient Egypt in order to push other quasi-religious and even political ideas. Instrumental in this plot are the psychological warfare units of intelligence agencies.

Nearly fifty years ago, this American group believed that they had established contact with powerful extraterrestrial beings. Not physical contact, but psychic or telepathic communication. Over a period of many years these entities made many revelations about themselves - including that they had been the gods worshipped in ancient Egypt. Let’s make this clear.

We are not talking about a little New Age channelling group. From the very beginning - half a century ago - it reached the very top levels of American society, even involving a former Vice President. Since then its influence has grown, and it now has followers across the world, including in Britain. And it still whispers in the ear of the Presidency.

So what do these entities, or intelligences, claim?

They claim that they come from Sirius. They built the ‘monuments’ of Mars (although, significantly, these claims only appeared after the first NASA images of Cydonia.) They created the human race, and taught it the arts of civilization, and have guided us from behind the scenes throughout history.

And they are now about to return to preside over a great ‘cleansing’. They claim to have been responsible for the destruction of Atlantis, after which survivors founded the Egyptian civilization and built the Great Pyramid - around the year 10500 BC. They claim that the Sphinx was built in honor of them - and that there are hidden chambers that can be accessed from beneath it.

Some of those who claim to be in contact with these extraterrestrials also claim to have been in contact with Edgar Cayce’s spirit guide, and that Cayce’s pronouncements came from essentially the same source...

Not only channelling conacts, but actual contact with agents of these extradimensionals (ie Roswell).

They seem to CLAIM a lot of things.

You can pick at the rest for what it's worth:

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/stargate/stargate07.htm#contents

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46028-A-New-World-Order-Exposing-the-Luciferian-Agenda&p=500997&viewfull=1#post500997

[Unified Serenity]

How can one know if there are negative entities leeching life force out of him? I think I might have an unwanted companion, of course it's just a guess. Is there any possible way to get rid of those energetic "vampires"?

Yes there is. Do you feel drained, sad, or have odd thoughts pop into your head to do harm to yourself or another and shake it off? Do you find yourself sucked dry when a certain person comes around? You can simply shield from them. If it is an entity rebuke it in the name of Jesus and send it packing back to the abyss to await judgement where it can neither talk nor move nor see anything. If you do not have a solid spiritual foundation they are dangerous. You also can protect any within your home as well especially your children. You are their covering of authority.

[Maia Gabrial]

Just a thought.... maybe they're leaving because there's such a thing as a Universal Law Enforcement and Courts of Law... And they've finally been tracked and are scared ****less of the consequences. (Seriously, I've had a vision of such cosmic cops of which I am one).....This is not their first time trashing a planet or its inhabitants. I hope everyone sees that the "mass arrests" may very well be Universal in nature. This time the dragnet will capture them....
:wizard:

[Wind]

Yes there is. Do you feel drained, sad, or have odd thoughts pop into your head to do harm to yourself or another and shake it off? Do you find yourself sucked dry when a certain person comes around? You can simply shield from them. If it is an entity rebuke it in the name of Jesus and send it packing back to the abyss to await judgement where it can neither talk nor move nor see anything. If you do not have a solid spiritual foundation they are dangerous. You also can protect any within your home as well especially your children. You are their covering of authority.

Yes, I have had many of those symptoms. Also my health has been affected, but some of it is caused by pre-incarnative choices. I do do have a solid spiritual foundation. I think my "shields" might not be too effective so those entities can harass me. This is just a theory, because I do not have the ability to know if there are any (good or bad) entities around me, I just trust my intuition and it says yes. I've heard that some energy healers and psychics can sense or even see those entities.

[Jeffrey]

Amzer Zo,

Another example of war and immolation. Hitler and WWII apparently had very potent occult forces at work as recounted by Mirra Alfassa (by Vrekham).





Who was the 'spirit' or 'power' by whom Hitler was posessed? He is already known to us as the Lord of Falsehood, one of the four great Asuras from the drama at the beginning of time. 'He calls himself the Lord of the Nations. It is he who initiates all wars...

As Sri Aurobindo himself has said, Paul Richard [possessed by the Lord of Falsehood, a demon] has even written an unpublished book entitled Le Seigneur des Nations (The Lord of the Nations) in which he accurately expounded the aim and methods of that Being. The Mother had done everything possible to convert Richard; this was the reason why she had married him and the cause of the hell their relation had been for her all along, also in Japan and during their last months together in Pondicherry...

However, an emanation is not the being itself in its fullness, and the Asuras of Death and Falsehood watchfully refrain from incarnating themselves in their essence, for by so doing they would be subjected to the laws of the evolution. Even the Asura who possessed Hitler was not the essential Lord of the Nations. It was not the Lord of the Nations in his origin, but an emanation of him, a very powerful one.

Hitler was a medium, a first rate medium. He has become possessed during spiritistic seances. It is then that he became seized by crises which were thought to be epileptic. Actually thy were not, they were crises of possession,' told the Mother to the youth of the ashram... 'It was therefore that he had that kind of power, which in fact was not very great. But when he wanted to know something from that Power, he went to his castle (Berghof) to "meditate", and there he addressed a very intense appeal to what he called his "god", his supreme god, who was the Lord of the Nations... This was a being... he was small, and he appeared to him in a silver armour, with a silver helmet and a golden aigrette. He looked magnificent. And he appeared in such a blinding light that the eyes hardly could look at him and bear the brilliance. He did not appear physically, of course: Hitler was a medium, he "saw". He had a certain clairvoyance. And it was in those cases (When meeting the Lord of the Nations) that he suffered his crises: he rolled about on the floor, he slavered, he bit in the carpets - it was a terrible state he was in. The people around him knew that. This is a confirmation of Rauschning's testimony from a very different corner...

[bearcow]

These lower astral (some higher, but still astral) entities do exist. They were not made to incarnate, They feed on the psychic energy that bleeds through our etheric bodies into their dimension - the astral. They feed on souls. Yes, souls.

this is correct, but i say this in all earnestness, unless you have developed a degree of mental equipoise strong enough to steady the seat of consciousness in the murky waters of the astral realm, you will be deceived in the conclusions you draw on who/what/how this all works.

Intellectual humility is important, when trying to pierce the veil.

[Hervé]

mind blowing !. All this makes my head spin whoo ! when we get to the future lets quarentine the cabal families and imprison them on the moons of pluto and surround it with a radiation belt and forbid them to ever go into space, we should also outlaw time travel for anyone who has a greedy / controlling / power hungry / ego personality. Set the rules for the future now and stop the cycle of madness ... this is the mother of all threads.
[...]
:wizard:


Just a thought.... maybe they're leaving because there's such a thing as a Universal Law Enforcement and Courts of Law... And they've finally been tracked and are scared ****less of the consequences. (Seriously, I've had a vision of such cosmic cops of which I am one).....This is not their first time trashing a planet or its inhabitants. I hope everyone sees that the "mass arrests" may very well be Universal in nature. This time the dragnet will capture them....
:wizard:

Apparently this has been tried and failed to work:



Xenu and his closest conspirators were captured and brought to trial on charges of:

HIGH TREASON

MASS MURDER, WILFULL AND MALICIOUS, OF POPULATIONS

EXTERMINATION OF MINORITIES

SLAUGHTER OF LOYAL OFFICERS

SLAUGHTER OF THE NINTH ARMY ON EARTH WHICH LOYALLY RESISTED THE FORMATION OF A POLICE STATE - DESTRUCTION OF THE PEOPLE AND ALL THINGS ON PLANET EARTH

MASS IMPLANTATION OF BEINGS

INSTITUTING PERSONAL INCOME TAX, ENFORCED IDENTIFICATION, AND VIOLATION OF PRIVACY WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE PEOPLE OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVES IN ORDER TO FORM A TOTAL CONTROL POLICE STATE

They were found guilty as charged and sentenced to be exhibited to the people of each planet so that they would be recognized as the perpetrators. The sentence then ordered them to be imprisoned in a mountain sustained with life support for eons. The sentence was then carried out on Xenu, former Supreme Ruler of the Galactic Confederation; Chi, former Head of the Department of Justice and Minister of Police; Chu, former Head of the Galactic Bank and Galactic Treasury; Sty, former Head of the Psychiatric Associations of the Galactic Confederation; and Zel, former Secret Police Chief of Earth.

The body life-support and electronic barrier field (to prevent the beings from escaping) were designed to be self-powered for at least 70 million years. After this time, Xenu and his conspirators escaped and took bodies in the Markab system. Its control-maintenance, status oriented, all-must-conform political philosophy was close to their police-state, implant-controlled methods of government. Xenu then worked out a secret plan to take over Earth for Markab by the time it would be nearly ready for acceptance back into the Galactic Community.

Thus Xenu and his top henchmen appeared on Earth in the 18th Century in Europe. Xenu took the body of Adam Weishaupt and created the secret society known as the "Illuminati". Its "Earth" purpose was to take over political control from the Catholic Church and the Kings of Europe. Its secret purpose was "TOTAL ONE-WORLD DOMINATION AND CONTROL FOR MARKAB".
(Sector Ethics Order No 1 written in 1967, updated 21-02-84 11:00 GMT)


Still psycho after all these years... whatever body is taken over by the entity/being.

Also an indication that genetics have little to nothing to do with the scourge.

[ghostrider]

enjoy your brandy and cigars gentlemen, laugh it up , congradulations for being masters of the universe. To the global elite , you'll be stuck on the moon in the coldness of space and your prison ( the moon ) just might leave earth's orbit and return where it came from and you'll be trapped in another dimension where your 3d technology won't work . who's laughing now ? Man that was a crazy dream I just had.

[Heartsong]

The whole interview lacks credibility. It sounds like two good ol' boys telling tales after having a few beers.
It did occur to me that it sounds like a "Drake 2.0" though. Got to keep the conjectures flowing.

How'd that song go?
"Gloom, despair, and agony on me.
Deep dark depression, excessive misery.
If it weren't for bad luck, I'd have no luck at all.
Gloom, despair,and agony on me."

[Unified Serenity]

Yes there is. Do you feel drained, sad, or have odd thoughts pop into your head to do harm to yourself or another and shake it off? Do you find yourself sucked dry when a certain person comes around? You can simply shield from them. If it is an entity rebuke it in the name of Jesus and send it packing back to the abyss to await judgement where it can neither talk nor move nor see anything. If you do not have a solid spiritual foundation they are dangerous. You also can protect any within your home as well especially your children. You are their covering of authority.

Yes, I have had many of those symptoms. Also my health has been affected, but some of it is caused by pre-incarnative choices. I do do have a solid spiritual foundation. I think my "shields" might not be too effective so those entities can harass me. This is just a theory, because I do not have the ability to know if there are any (good or bad) entities around me, I just trust my intuition and it says yes. I've heard that some energy healers and psychics can sense or even see those entities.

If you think something is more powerful than you so it is. I suggest doing positive things, listening to uplifting music, and not dwelling in things that bring your energy down. Take time twice a day for meditation on your spiritual garden. Put it in order, prune it where needed, weed it and tend to it. Plant beauty and life within, and you will be renewed. Drink deeply from the fountain of life, and know you are loved.

[Tony]

I neither believe or disbelieve this information, it is irrelevant.

We will all face death at some time, the next minute, next month, next year, as we have done many times before. The most important event in our existence, is this moment of death. It is the moment that mind and body separate, and the spirit is free....but!

It is not a matter of whether you have a positive outlook, it is a matter of whether your mind is clear at the moment of death. And, even more importantly whether you have a good heart, leaning towards unconditional love for all.

Too many people are being drugged up by chemicals and 'ideas'! Most of my neighbours are on statins, warfarin, antidepressants and many other drugs, and this really seems to dull their minds. Any idea of negative or positive, are just words for fear and hope, this also dulls the mind.
People's brains and minds are kept clogged up!

Why?

One reason, is that they will not see what is actually going on. The other is, it will effect the moment of death! They will not have the clarity needed to see them through the death period, for a better incarnation. they will be foggy. These rumours are just another way of doing that.

If this information is correct from the OP, then the elite will only want among them those with the same mind set. This is a control mechanism. They will not want free spirits to be born in their families.

These so called elite have so much suffering awaiting them. Their creation will be born of monumental amount of suffering, which they will have to maintain themselves, creating more and more bad karma. They may have convinced themselves that they are doing it for the good...for whose good!

These are very strange times, do not be swayed by hysteria or seductive talk, or any 'thing'.
Know your own mind, and know your true nature - Pure Essence!

Tony

[Tane Mahuta]

Thankyou Bill...

Thankyou "The Golden Rule1", welcome to Avalon!!!...

Fellow Avalonians, "peeps", "family" remember the rule...research, research & more research!!

Keep what resonates, discard what doesn't. Lets us not become vessels of fear...but that of light!!

"Be postive!!...think positive!!...live positive!!

Thankyou for the news Bill...

Thankyou member "TheGoldenRule1"

nuff said

TM

[Cidersomerset]

Keep the rabble off balance and tilting at windmills.

This reminded me of Don Quixote the old Knight on one last quest against evil !!

http://deeptruths.com/letters/don-quixote/1.jpg


If you think something is more powerful than you so it is. I suggest doing positive things, listening to uplifting music, and not dwelling in things that bring your energy down. Take time twice a day for meditation on your spiritual garden. Put it in order, prune it where needed, weed it and tend to it. Plant beauty and life within, and you will be renewed. Drink deeply from the fountain of life, and know you are loved.


NYB92jGPnlg

Thanks Kindred & U/S .........We are all on a quest for the truth !!!!

MORNING ALL !!!

[TargeT]

Well, first off, I have to pull out anything Charles has said as unreliable. As I have said before, if you are listening to a known liar.

can you provide something to prove this? one instance of a lie that is provable and not conjecture or emotion based response?

[Whiskey_Mystic]

Well, first off, I have to pull out anything Charles has said as unreliable. As I have said before, if you are listening to a known liar.

can you provide something to prove this? one instance of a lie that is provable and not conjecture or emotion based response?

Nope. If that isn't abundantly evident to you already then feel free to take a big drink of the Atticus Kool Aid. Drink up.

There are other threads for this inquiry.

[TraineeHuman]

The way I see it, the ruling elite aren’t really a kind of separate subspecies of humanity. Rather, they’re like a bunch of ten-year-olds with guns that have real bullets. They have the same human nature as everybody else, but they just have loads of power as well. If they’re planning to leave the planet, I suggest one sufficient explanation is this.

They’re used to being spoiled brats, and to doing it but not getting it – i.e. to getting away with murder and leaving it to everybody else to wipe up after them. Since the environment has been very badly trashed, I suspect the spoilt brats want a new, unspoilt environment. Why? Because they can – they can go somewhere new and flourish there using the secret technology. Also because they’re not stupid and they can see that the scam known as banking is going to collapse in the foreseeable future. Also that life on this planet will be significantly tougher for everybody – including them – in the near future probably for at least a few decades, owing to the environmental destruction.

I believe it’s important to remember they’re human just like us, only blindly addicted to the drug of power and luxury. I don’t see them as fiendishly clever schemers – which they may also be – but primarily more as greedy creatures who want to secure a guarantee that they can stay greedy well into the future.

[TargeT]

Nope. If that isn't abundantly evident to you already then feel free to take a big drink of the Atticus Kool Aid. Drink up.

There are other threads for this inquiry.

I've been to most of them, I joined atticus1.org for a while, I saw nothing in the fall out here at Avalon but ego clashing and baseless judgement. I honestly don't know what that other forum is up to (nor care) the people there were very impressive, as a lot here are.

Perhaps it is my separation from the event that gives me this outlook, I understand it is not the popular one.

If I'm wrong please point out where, I've asked this before and it was never answered.

[Kindred]

enjoy your brandy and cigars gentlemen, laugh it up , congradulations for being masters of the universe. To the global elite , you'll be stuck on the moon in the coldness of space and your prison ( the moon ) just might leave earth's orbit and return where it came from and you'll be trapped in another dimension where your 3d technology won't work . who's laughing now ? Man that was a crazy dream I just had.

I'll suggest that this 'transition' / passage into the 'photon belt' (higher energy 'level') is where all this 'electronic technology' will No Longer Work.

If you listen to the Keshe Foundation information, you will learn that 'There Are No Electrons' - Only magnetic fields... SO... it would Stand To Reason that all this 'electronic hardware & software' that these people use, Cannot Work... as it's based on a False 'knowing' of the physics of our universe, particularly the physics that are 'in play' in regions with High Cosmic Energy. Of course, unless They use this 'new information'...

But, it Still does Not take into account the Consciousness of the Individual. THIS is where All that 'technology' is useless. There IS a Higher Power at work here, and I believe it can 'weed out' those who Live In Fear, (and the desire for Control is born in Fear), from those who Live In Love.

(edit)
Matthew 6:22 & 23
"The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness."

So... if you wish to 'dwell in darkness', listen to those who wish to twist your thinking to 'darkness', for that will keep you looking Outward, In Fear.

If you wish to 'Live in Light', look Inward and Let Thine Eye Be Single (meditate) to realize Our Power, which is THE POWER.

In Unity, Peace and Love

[Tony]

We have to aware of what is happening on the ground, not in space.


In his 1970 book, Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technotronic Era, Zbigniew Brzezinski stated:

By the year 2018, technology will make available to the leaders of the major nations, a variety of techniques for conducting secret warfare, of which only a bare minimum of the security forces need be appraised.  One nation may attack a competitor covertly by bacteriological means, thoroughly weakening the population (though with a minimum of fatalities) before taking over with its own armed forces.  Alternatively, techniques of weather modification could be employed to produce prolonged periods of drought or storm...  a system that would seriously impair the brain performance of very large populations" (page 57):

Future developments may well include automated or manned space warships, deep-sea installations, chemical and biological weapons, death rays, and still other forms of warfare--even the weather may be tampered with.

In addition, it may be possible--and tempting--to exploit for strategic-political purposes the fruits of research on the brain and on human behavior.   Gordon J. F. MacDonald, a geophysicist specializing in problems of warfare, has written that timed artificially excited electronic strokes could lead to a pattern of oscillations that produce relatively high power levels over certain regions of the earth....  In this way, one could develop a system that would seriously impair the brain performance of very large populations in selected regions over an extended period....  No matter how deeply disturbing the thought of using the environment to manipulate behavior for national advantages to some, the technology permitting such use will very probably develop within the next few decades.


Knowing our own clear mind, is our best defence, so we can observe any changes.
Being 'over positive' can be detrimental to clarity it's just a good wish...hope!
We have Hope because we have Fear.

Real Peace and Real Love, come from Clarity of mind.



Tony

[BMJ]

Hi Guys,
Naste people the world over like to destroy what they can't have, could this be the case with the TPTW? Have we soured the milk enough to make it undrinkable? I have been following John Kettler's website were he states the good ET/ED are winning the battle. Have we started to truely when the battle against negative / evil forces?

And so maybe the TPTW are realizing the wars lost and are jumping ship as a consequence. Bad news for them good news for us.

[markpierre]

It's hard to dissociate from my eternal self on this one, but it's good for a laugh. Imagine living on the moon with that bunch of pr**ks.

They'll be forced to consume each other.

There's a bit of divine irony in that.

Just how stupid does illusion have to become before we get tired of it?

[SKAWF]

Apparently this has been tried and failed to work:



Xenu and his closest conspirators were captured and brought to trial on charges of:

HIGH TREASON

MASS MURDER, WILFULL AND MALICIOUS, OF POPULATIONS

EXTERMINATION OF MINORITIES

SLAUGHTER OF LOYAL OFFICERS

SLAUGHTER OF THE NINTH ARMY ON EARTH WHICH LOYALLY RESISTED THE FORMATION OF A POLICE STATE - DESTRUCTION OF THE PEOPLE AND ALL THINGS ON PLANET EARTH

MASS IMPLANTATION OF BEINGS

INSTITUTING PERSONAL INCOME TAX, ENFORCED IDENTIFICATION, AND VIOLATION OF PRIVACY WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE PEOPLE OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVES IN ORDER TO FORM A TOTAL CONTROL POLICE STATE

They were found guilty as charged and sentenced to be exhibited to the people of each planet so that they would be recognized as the perpetrators. The sentence then ordered them to be imprisoned in a mountain sustained with life support for eons. The sentence was then carried out on Xenu, former Supreme Ruler of the Galactic Confederation; Chi, former Head of the Department of Justice and Minister of Police; Chu, former Head of the Galactic Bank and Galactic Treasury; Sty, former Head of the Psychiatric Associations of the Galactic Confederation; and Zel, former Secret Police Chief of Earth.

The body life-support and electronic barrier field (to prevent the beings from escaping) were designed to be self-powered for at least 70 million years. After this time, Xenu and his conspirators escaped and took bodies in the Markab system. Its control-maintenance, status oriented, all-must-conform political philosophy was close to their police-state, implant-controlled methods of government. Xenu then worked out a secret plan to take over Earth for Markab by the time it would be nearly ready for acceptance back into the Galactic Community.

Thus Xenu and his top henchmen appeared on Earth in the 18th Century in Europe. Xenu took the body of Adam Weishaupt and created the secret society known as the "Illuminati". Its "Earth" purpose was to take over political control from the Catholic Church and the Kings of Europe. Its secret purpose was "TOTAL ONE-WORLD DOMINATION AND CONTROL FOR MARKAB".
(Sector Ethics Order No 1 written in 1967, updated 21-02-84 11:00 GMT)


Still psycho after all these years... whatever body is taken over by the entity/being.

Also an indication that genetics have little to nothing to do with the scourge.








(i am speechless. it just doesnt translate very well into text)

[Timreh]

I find Bill’s original post plausible and this thread like many make interesting conversation, yet I am not overly concerned with how the game ends only that it will.

Archons/PTB may have us bound, blindfolded and gagged... in some state of “Paradigm Paralysis” but let’s face it they are expressions or creations of source (as we are) and are not at the top of the chain, their dominion over us must have an expiry!!

They have deviously and ingeniously created an environment where they feed off fear, an environment limited to this temporary existence, and here we are, all eternal beings

One way or the other this game will soon be over...

Then what...

Reprieve?


Addit: BTW I thought the moon was already inhabited.. what's the go there, share accomodation??

[The Truth Is In There]

this has grown into a rather long post so please bear with me.

imo there are not just two or four timelines but essentially an infinite number of them. however, there are certainly major timelines, meaning timelines which have major factors or values that are a main theme in these and in adjacent timelines, much like you can hear a radio station on a channel and as you turn the dial it gets weaker with more static but is still there.

as an example, an earthquake could be 8.0 on one timeline and on another one it's 7.0. the difference lies in the vibration of the observer. we experience that timeline which matches our vibration. as our vibration changes from moment to moment, our timeline changes, but these changes are imperceptible (except maybe in hindsight). there can't be sudden changes from a totally "positive" to a totally "negative" timeline.

the same with certain points in time (and necessarily space), like the dec 2012 event. imo it is such a major factor that it influences all timelines to a certain degree. it's not just a point in time, it's also a certain point in space at which our solar system and earth will be at that moment. the earth and her inhabitants are being influenced by vibrations that exist in the space she is travelling through (induced by the proximity to other celestial bodies such as the galactic center).

what does that have to do with timelines? we know that time is an illusion. it is possible to look forward and backward in time. now, what the mayans did and prophets and others who predicted certain events is that they saw some of these focal points in time which influence not just one but many different timelines. the point in dec 2012 (time+space) is so important that it was seen by many different prophets and indigenous people, although most of them couldn't place it in time like the mayans did because they lacked the reference to that particular point in space. they couldn't pinpoint when exactly it will happen like the mayans did. the mayans were able to calculate the exact moment in time because they used the stars as a reference.

how does that influence what we're going to experience? what's going to happen for each one of us after the focal point of dec 2012 depends on the vibration of each person at that moment. there won't be sudden shifts from "negative" to "positive" or anything the like because our mind couldn't make sense of such a thing. it has to be logical from our perspective.

the universe/creator/we work in an energy-saving mode, if you will. we experience that which takes the least amount of energy to experience, which is of course that which is most relative to our current perspective. sudden jumps would cost too much energy and are inconceivable to our minds.

so, the things bill described will all come to pass but not necessarily in the timeline each one of us experiences (some may, others won't). they've certainly become relative to our perspective, they're not inconceivable to our minds, but the severity of any of these events depends on our personal vibration. whether we are in tune with the most severe outcome (low vibration) or not will determine what exactly we'll experience.

we know that fear, anxiety and all these things reduce the vibration and that love and "postive" feelings raise it. so it's simple to change what happens outside of us by changing what's inside. by changing your state of mind, your reaction to any outside events you bit by bit change the outside itself.

regarding the possibility that tptb may leave the earth and that any kind of negative beings will take complete control after possible catastrophies, both of these things don't matter because they don't happen in all of these timelines/frequencies. just like earthquakes or volcanoes they're limited to a certain frequency band and if you're outside that band you're not going to experience these events.

what that means is that after dec 2012 things will probably move more rapidly in either a "positive" or "negative" direction depending on each person's vibration. the "negative" ETs won't be able to influence the "positive" timelines because they're essentially in other universes (lower vibratory timelines). that removes the possibility for "negative" influences to the population in the "positive" timeline and so "positivity" increases as vibration rises.

of course the same happens with the "negative" timelines which will see an influx of more "negativity" and experience a kind of hell on earth as vibration decreases.

all of these things happen because all timelines exist but the thing that matters to each one of us is where we will be in terms of vibration.

some of you may be wondering how it's possible that nobody disappears into thin air, even the "negative" people if you're in a "positive" timeline. the reason is that everything you see around you, and all people, are a creation of your own mind (or consciousness) and as you become more "positive" ("the inside") these people either become more "positive" as well ("the outside") or they vanish through means which make sense to your mind (because that takes the least amount of energy to experience), like leaving earth, for instance. thus, moment by moment and almost imperceptibly your "reality" changes. that is possible because everyone of us is an aspect of the creator and we control the illusion (although we're not currently aware of it).

[Krullenjongen]

Remember: their personal sense of commitment is to protect (and manage/ control/ exploit) the human genome... not to take care of individuals, about which they care pretty much as a farmer cares for the fate of individual cows in a very large herd.

The first question that comes to mind is "If they believe that their task is to protect/manage/ control/ exploit the human genome, why would they leave?"

I can understand that the do not care about an individual but if they leave they have no control over the human genome at all, they would just let us die off and all they can do is come back later and pick up the pieces without any control of what will be left over of the human genome.

The scenario of culling the herd with war, pestilence and famine seems more likely to me because these are instruments of control over the human genome.

[markpierre]

Is that the point? Changing the 'outside'? If you've changed inside enough to not be fussed about what the outside looks like,
would you even notice?

My experience was no. But that didn't stop me from enjoying it.

It isn't how it looks, it's how it feels.

[jcocks]

enjoy your brandy and cigars gentlemen, laugh it up , congradulations for being masters of the universe. To the global elite , you'll be stuck on the moon in the coldness of space and your prison ( the moon ) just might leave earth's orbit and return where it came from and you'll be trapped in another dimension where your 3d technology won't work . who's laughing now ? Man that was a crazy dream I just had.

I wholeheartedly agree :) The first thought that went through my head when I read they wanted to go hide on the moon was that they probably don't even remember that that's the way they got here in the first place! ;-)

[crested-duck]

One-Evil.Org is the first and only site to systematically chronicle the history of evil, the connection between various bloodlines of evil, the nature and practice of evil ritual and associated influences throughout the social history of human civilization.
The purpose of One-Evil is to understand the nature of evil, from where does it come? who or what is behind it? how does it relate to the various religions? is there some underlying motive for the greatest evil acts in history?

In no way does this site seek to promote evil, nor make any kind of apology or deliberate misrepresentation of evil. Nor is there any deliberate focus on one group, one civilization and/or philosophy of itself as being evil.

Respect of Catholicism, Christianity, Islam and other great religions

The research presented on One-Evil.Org is done with the greatest respect to all believers of religion, especially Catholics, Christians, Muslims and other religions.
False claims that this site to be "anti-Catholic" due to the prevalence of references to the parasitic Roman Cult, or the actions of AntiPopes are designed to be deliberately misleading. That a member of the Venetian Satanic Cult did falsely claim to represent Catholics, while undertaking acts of extreme evil in no way reflects on ordinary Catholics, nor their fundamental beliefs in moral decency, peace and respect.

The reputation and good behaviour of hundreds of millions of good Catholics in no way is questioned by highlighting the deliberate actions of a few thousand dedicated satanists who have caused world wars and sacrificed millions to demon gods.

If anything, the research and facts presented on this site call into question those who would dedicate their efforts into suppressing such evidence, attacking such evidence and refusing to bear witness to the many acts of evil of history.

The greatest evil is conscious silence
Of all the thousands of years of events research and the hundreds of individuals investigated, the greatest evil yet discovered is not those acts undertaken by mass murderers and satanic religious leaders, it is those individuals who consciously and willingly hide such evidence from their fellow public.

To this end, the most evil single group in human history are without question the tens of thousands of individuals who claim themselves to be "journalists" and "media commentators" who pledge their service to censor, manipulate and sometimes manufacture the news.

It is because of their collective silence that the greatest atrocities such as the murder of over 18 million people through being burnt alive in ovens in Russia and Poland by Catholic Dictators were allowed to happen with key facts still hidden today.

It is because of the collective silence and cowardice of many "mainstream" journalists that the truth concerning the people responsible for the latest global recession in Rome and Zurich are never discussed.

It is because of their collective silence that the memory of Adolf Hitler and Mussolini is honored every day through actual international treaties still in force between the Vatican, Germany and Italy that have reaped billions in blood money to the Roman Cult.

While many people believe Judas Iscariot to be one of the most evil people in history receiving "thirty pieces of silver" for betraying his saviour, he only did this once. In contrast the AntiPopes of Rome have repeated a far worse betrayal of the trust of the world in demanding blood money from the deeds of mass murderers every year for over seventy years and not one single mainstream media outlet has shown the spine to print or present a story about it.

The deliberate silence of truth through the false system of citation
A twelve hundred year old fraud such as the Donation of Constantine is still a forgery, even if it is extremely old. Yet under most modern systems accepted as the basis of "Empirical Truth" the age of documents often takes precedence over their reliability.

This is the deliberate perversion of almost every modern system of citation used to record claimed primary sources of "evidence" used to base each claimed thesis and opinion. The absence of citations is also assumed to imply an absence of "hard evidence" -- so much so that demands for citations and references has become a favourite weapon used to try and defeat new ideas and arguments, regardless of their individual merit.

Before this bizarre 19th century system came into being and accepted wholly as the only method for determining "truth", the presentation of truth relied upon the logical strength of its arguments and coherence in common sense and motive.

Before the concept of truth was largely "outlawed" by the Roman Cult from the 13th Century, such strength and faith in argument and story can be found in the works of the great Greek philosophers and thinkers.

In contrast, the perverted citation system has become the refuge of academic assassins and truth trolls who use the system to concoct ridiculous and illogical arguments that nonetheless are accepted as "truth" because they are reliably referenced.

The research on this site therefore refuses to adhere to this false and deficient system when presenting truth--instead truth is presented in the comprehensiveness of arguments, connections between events, people, places and times.
The question of whether a statement on One-Evil.Org is true or false should be tested by its consistency with other claims presented, the test of logic and common sense. A deliberate absence of citations does not in itself imply a claim is not true. Therefore, beware those apologists who would claim "nothing" on this site is true because it does not pledge service to ancient forgeries and false systems.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright © One-Evil.org 2011. All Rights Reserved

[David Trd1]

Thanks Bill.


It seems to me more than possible a scenario.I would imagine there are plans for the outcomes of many timelines they have seen and would be prudent of the power structures to insure they`re own survival whatever the eventuality.

Weather catastrophe comes for Us(Which i don`t subscribe to),it is already here for them,the population is on the precipice of full awareness and waking up by the truckload which suggests they're game is up,in degrees anyway.But of course negativity doesn't always go quietly into the night or the dawn as the case may be

[David Trd1]

May be a mute point

But doesn`t the end of this year correlate with the ''supposed'' lifting a planetary quarantine if such a thing exists?Ans therefore permits the overt influence of outside influences?....

[RMorgan]

Hey Bill,

Thanks for the thread.

Well, anything is possible, but I think we should clarify some points so we can move on with this discussion.

1- Who exactly is this so called "elite" who supposedly is planning to leave? Are they just humans or ETs?

If there are ETs secretly among this "elite", I don´t see a reason for them to move to the moon. We all know how hard it is to transform a place like the moon, even if it´s just a very small portion of it, into a healthy atmosphere, to have a balanced environment to cultivate plants and food. Also, if ETs are involved, I´m sure they have technology to move somewhere else, maybe a planet with earth like atmosphere.

2- Why move to somewhere else, if we still have untouched places here on Earth where they move to and start their own community?

Human made chaos isn´t enough to make they want to move to another planet. They could simply move to some untouched and desolate place here; it would be much easier and comfortable.

So, if they are really planning to move to the moon or somewhere else, it´s probably because they know a catastrophic event is about to happen, leaving them no other option. It´s the last single possible option.

3- Why, even in the case of a catastrophic event, this "elite" would want to move to another planet?

Is it simply because they are so afraid of death? I don´t think so; most of them are so old, that death will come to them sooner or later.

Besides, these folks are used to live in extreme luxury. Would they want to move to a very restrictive space colony, probably with no luxury at all, just to live a few more years?

If they are supposedly planning it to protect the human genome from extinction, of course they would need to take a lot of people with them, at least a few hundreds of selected men and women, and then spread them as groups in different colonies, so, in case something happens to one colony, the other may survive.

4- Here is the paradox. If they have the advanced technology to transform a moon colony into a comfortable, balanced, prosper and safe environment, why would they move to the moon in the first place?

The moon is very unprotected. It has hundreds of thousands of craters for a reason; it simply isn´t safe. It doesn´t have a proper atmosphere to protect it even from the smallest meteor showers, differently from Earth. It´s not a safe place to move to, much less safer than Earth itself.

If they have the tech to make a habitable and safe place on the moon, they would have the tech to move somewhere else, maybe another safe planet.

Besides, if they have this tech, why not simply build a very safe colony here on Earth in the first place? Maybe underwater, inside caves or somewhere else. It surely is much simpler to build such colony here, even facing a catastrophic event, than building it on the moon.

Well, these are just a few considerations.

This is an interesting hypothesis but before jumping on it, we need to answer a lot of questions.

Cheers,

Raf.

[benevolentcrow]

To quote from another thread (The Hear and Now)

Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth!

[Praxis]

I wanted to add to this thread a little information that I came across about child abuse and ritual exploitation.

The following is from: http://educate-yourself.org/cn/franklincoverupexcerpt.shtml

The Franklin Cover-Up

Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska

by John W. DeCamp

Selected excerpts from

The Franklin Cover-Up, Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska
by Senator John W. DeCamp

[editorial notes from Ken Adachi in brackets. See the Products page for a video on the Franklin Cover-Up titled "Conspiracy of Silence" ]

CHAPTER 21

Drugs and The Monarch Project
On August 18-20, 1996, a California newspaper, the San Jose Mercury, published a series of articles implicating elements of the U.S. government in running tons of cocaine into U.S. cities during the 1980s. Based upon recently declassified government documents, eyewitness reports, and court records, Mercury reporter Gary Webb provided a detailed account of how the Contras financed their war against the Sandinista regime of Nicaragua by flying tons of cocaine into the West Coast, where it would be turned into the deadly, instantly addictive "crack," and sold to such street gangs as the Cryps and the Bloods.

All of this began after the U.S. Congress in the early 1980s passed the Boland Amendment, which stopped all official financing for U.S. intelligence's "covert war" in Nicaragua. The whole project was taken "off-line," and financed by drug sales-the subject of Webb's articles.

Indignation exploded when Mercury series hit the streets. Maxine Waters, Congresswoman for South-Central Los Angeles, one of the areas hardest hit by crack and drug-related violence, sent a letter to Central Intelligence Agency chief John Deutsch demanding an investigation of the Agency, in which she said, "As someone who has seen how the crack cocaine trade has devastated the South-Central Los Angeles community, I cannot exaggerate my feelings of dismay that my own government may have played a part in the origins and history of this problem. . . . The impact and the implications of the Meneses/Blandon/Roiss Contra CIA crack cocaine connection cannot be understated. We all have an obligation to get to the very bottom of the origin, development, and implementation of this seedy enterprise."

While many were shocked at the news of apparent U.S. government drug-pushing, to me it was one more confirmation of a key aspect of the Franklin case. As I had discovered early on (as had Gary Caradori), the sexual abuse of children was only one part of the Franklin story. During the 1980s, many of the children, such as Alisha Owen and Paul Bonacci, said that they had been used as drug couriers to bring cocaine in from the West Coast for Alan Baer, Larry King [not Larry King of CNN talk radio fame; this Larry King is a black man who ran the Franklin Credit Union], and others.

Then, on September 11, 1996, in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Representative Harold James, chairman of Pennsylvania's Legislative Black Caucus, and a former undercover narcotics cop himself, also put out a call for an investigation. In the course of that press conference another name popped up, that I knew well from the Franklin investigation: George Bush.

Flanked by political leaders of both the city and the state, James declared: "As a retired undercover Philadelphia police officer who worked on narcotics cases, I know we can better impact the flow of drugs if we stop drugs from coming into this country, arrest those at the top levels of control, and punish the white-collar dealers who try to keep their hands clean while they run the entire operation. On this occasion, we must not allow anyone to use the 'pretext of national security to accomplish another cover-up. We need an investigation that goes right to the top."

As to where the "top" might be, James charged, in his release to the press, "previous investigations of the Iran-Contra scandal, particularly the U.S. House and Senate joint hearings in 1987, revealed the central role played by then Vice-President George Bush in covert intelligence operations. . . . One of Bush's key lieutenants was Lt. Col. Oliver North. Bush was also appointed by Reagan to run the National Narcotics Border Interdiction Sys- tem, which supposedly coordinated efforts of all federal, state and local anti-drug agencies, especially along the south Florida coast. Bush was responsible for the White House anti-drug effort while, at the same time, according to the recent newspaper reports, tons of cocaine were allegedly supplied to street gangs by CIA-related networks."

Concluded James, "There's something wrong with this picture." In response to a question from one of the ten reporters in attendance about the role of Bush, Philadelphia City Council President John Street replied, "If George Bush is involved in it, someone should find it out. This kind of activity has been going on for well over a decade."

Lt. Col. Oliver North - whom at least one witness reported seeing at a party thrown by Larry King-had overseen the Contra resupply effort, and had been fully aware of the plane-loads of drugs coming into the United States. A U.S. Senate subcommittee report under Massachusetts Senator John Kerry cited extensive evidence that the Contras were involved in drugs, and North had noted the fact in his publicly exposed note-books.

From what I know from my own corner of the world, there is excellent reason to investigate Bush for possible involvement in the dope business. Think back to what I reported in Chapter 13, "The Washington Connection," about how George Bush and Larry King were linked in multiple ways, including eyewitness reports placing Bush at King's sex parties. Think about the constant rumors that King was financing the Contras, who have now been proved to have been running dope by the ton.

The first investigative reporter to ever look at Franklin, the World Herald's James Flanery, told associates that King was "running guns and money into Nicaragua," and that the CIA was heavily involved. (Flanery was soon taken off the story and shipped out of state for a year.)

Records exist to show that Larry King was a top contributor to a Contra "support committee," the Citizens for America (CFA). King's own public relations firm was also used by the Contras.

I became convinced early on that King was deeply involved with the Contras. I am reminded of the phone call State Senator Loran Schmit received on the Senate floor as the Franklin case was just beginning to break. The caller warned him off the case, because "it would lead to the highest levels of the Republican party." I am reminded of when Larry King was finally arrested-just as he was about to go to a breakfast party in Omaha for his buddy, George Bush! I am reminded of the reports I used to hear that certain people in Omaha were charging that Omaha Police Chief Bob Wadman was protecting the expansion of the Cryps and Bloods into Omaha-far from their home turf of Los Angeles.

So, was Larry King's buddy George Bush the country's "drug kingpin" in the 1980s? I don't know. But what I do know, is that if Bush were running the Contra affair, and drugs were a big part of it, that would certainly jibe 100% with everything known or rumored about Bush, Larry King, and the Franklin Credit Union. Congresswoman Maxine Waters and Representative Harold James are right - let's investigate!. . .

As follow-up investigation from the Franklin case shows, drugs are not the deepest level of government -sponsored evil. I think the lowest level of Hell is reserved for those who conjured up and carried out the "Monarch Project."

"Monarch" refers to young people in America who were victims of mind control experiments run either by U.S. government agencies such 'as the Central Intelligence Agency, or military intelligence agencies.

The story told by Monarch victims - one of whom is Paul Bonacci - is that they were tortured for the purpose of creating "multiple personalities" within them. These multiple personalities could then be programmed as desired - as spies, "drug mules," prostitutes, or assassins.

Because of legal cases still pending, I am severely limited in what I can say about the Monarch Project. Suffice it to say at this point:

Major intelligence programs in this country did and do exist for the purpose of protection of this country and to learn what other countries, particularly our Cold War enemies, were doing in this area of mind control.

I asked Bill Colby [former CIA director murdered in a staged 'canoing accident'] to tell me what he could or would, about this. He said:

"Of course the CIA in particular was involved in investigating, learning and, on occasion, using, everything we could learn about mind control-and with extremely good reason. Following the Korean War, this country's military and intelligence communities went through a period of absolute paranoia about just how far our enemies were ahead of us in mind control and related activities.

"There was no particular program called' Monarch,' contrary to what you want to think. 'Monarch' was merely a name that some participants in the program-who knew very little about it, other than from their own limited participation-were given to identify themselves. But, as far as the CIA was concerned, there was no such program named 'Monarch.'

"But, with respect to mind control, I will tell you that this country spent millions upon millions supposedly catching up to our Cold War adversaries, because we believed they had developed mind control technology which exceeded anything we had. In fact, we at the Company [CIA] truly believed for a substantial period of time, that technology and techniques and drugs had been developed by Russia which would enable them to have agents who in fact really were able to have and use ESP-extra sensory perception.

"Can you imagine," Bill continued, "how dangerous for this country it would be if you could have had someone meeting the President of the United States, who was actually able to read what was in the President's mind?

"I know," Bill continued, "it may sound silly today to get all carried away with this fear; but I can tell you that we took it all very seriously and believed this ESP thing for some significant time period.

"I will tell you one other thing," Bill said, somewhat ominously, "we are not behind in knowledge of mind control. In fact, we never were, but we only found that out much later, after we had poured incredible resources into this area. And yes, I am sure, there were some problems and abuses that occurred and we will talk about them at another time."

We did have that other talk. And, I intend, when I am freed from court restrictions, to tell that entire story in an upcoming book. I have deposited extensive documentation on the Monarch Project with people who have the means, the motivation, and, most importantly, the guts, to print the entire story, should I suffer an "accident" before I get around to it. Here, I will merely quote from the work of one of America's finest investigative reporters, Anton Chaitkin.

I had known of Chaitkin, who writes for Executive Intelligence Review magazine, from the book he co-authored with Webster Tarpley, George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography. This 659-page-book is a devastating expose of Bush, and it played a notable role in helping to shape the 1992 presidential campaign, which Bush happily lost.

Perhaps it was because the name "Bush" was all over the Franklin scandal, that Chaitkin showed up one day in my Lincoln law office. I told him, "Look, I know you have been in some tough spots before, but are you really sure you want to poke around in this? This question of 'mind control' - the Monarch Project - is the most scary and, dangerous thing I have ever encountered." As I came to know Anton, probably all that little lecture did was to spur him on. Chaitkin got his story on the Monarch Project, and printed it in the December 13, 1993, New Federalist newspaper under the headline, "Franklin Case Witnesses Implicate FBI and U.S. Elites in Child-Torture and Murder." Here follows an abbreviated version of that article:
. . .

"Franklin Case Witnesses Implicate FBI and U.S. Elites in Child-Torture and Murder."

What is the FBI Protecting?
Since the 1992 publication of John DeCamp's book, The Franklin Cover-Up, Paul Bonacci has filed new affidavits and has given extensive interviews to investigators including reporters for Executive Intelligence Review and New Federalist. Bonacci's disclosures have been cross-gridded with evidence supplied by authorities in law enforcement, psychiatry, and the intelligence community. The result goes a long way to explain the high stakes involved, and the frantic nature of the Franklin cover-up. . . .

Paul Bonacci has described in detail being dragged to Washington for use as a sex toy for Larry King's clients. Bonacci told investigators he was in one of the private White House tours for young male prostitutes conducted by lobbyist Craig Spence, a close political associate of Larry King in the cloak-and-dagger Contras enterprise. Spence turned up dead in a Boston hotel room in 1989, soon after his and King's "compromising" business was exposed in a Washington Times June 29, 1989 story, headlined: "Homosexual Prostitution Inquiry Ensnares VIPs with Reagan, Bush."

'Monarch' or Auschwitz - Take 2
From very early childhood, Paul Bonacci was subjected to tortures as profound as any the Nazis inflicted on their captives. This is not merely a comparison; rather it is an actual continuation, as we shall see. From sexual degradation, from witnessing and forced participation in Satanic cult murders, Bonacci suffered the cracking of his mind into what is called "multiple personality disorder" (MPD). Tens of thousands of American children have been diagnosed MPDs; virtually all of them are thought to have resulted from sexual abuse, of which perhaps 85 percent were cases of Satanic ritual abuse.

Psychiatric professionals specified in Paul Bonacci's legal proceedings that through it all, Paul's different "personalities" have emerged incapable of lying, with an ultra-sharp memory. In one instance detailed in The Franklin Cover- Up, Paul was taken by Larry King and others to a wooded area in California - identified after publication as the Bohemian Grove. There Paul and another boy were forced to do sex acts with and to consume parts of a child whom they had watched being murdered by the cultists. The body was to be disposed of by "the men with the hoods." A "snuff" pornography film was made of these events; it was directed by a man the party had picked up in Las Vegas whom Paul identified as "Hunter Thompson" -the same name as a well known sleaze-culture figure.

Paul has told investigators that the ring which plunged him into Satanism was centered at Offutt U.S. Air Force Base near Omaha; that he was taken to Offutt to be sexually victimized by a babysitter's boyfriend when he was about three years old, around 1970. Offutt is the headquarters for the Strategic Air Command, and has had a cadre of thousands of intelligence personnel.

At Offutt, and later at other military installations, Paul says this ring "trained" him by tortures, heavy drugging, and sexual degradation, while instructing him in military arts including assassination. In fact, his personal knowledge in these realms can scarcely be accounted for other than by crediting the indictments he has made.

Larry King, FBI agent Gerry Wahl/ Alan Baer, Harold Andersen, and former Omaha Police Chief Robert Wadman have all been reported as collaborators with this Satanic military-based ring. King reportedly told Paul's captors at Offutt, "He's young-but you trained him good." A member of Nebraska's Concerned Parents group reported hearing from two North Omaha witnesses that "King used to send limousines down to Offutt Air Base to pick up CIA agents for parties." Larry King reported his own adoring relationship to the late CIA Director William Casey in a Sept. 7, 1988, interview in the Omaha publication Metropolitan.

Psychiatrists who have treated a growing number of MPD cases, victims of Satanic ritual abuse, report an alarming pattern of findings in many of their child patients. There is a structure to the personalities, conforming to what is evidently a deliberate breaking and reshaping of the mind. This phenomenon was identified to Paul Bonacci by his tormenters, and to other victims and witnesses, as the "Monarch" project. At Offutt Airbase, Paul was told that what he and other children were being subjected to was in aid of national security.

The use of mind-altering drugs, sensory deprivation, and other brainwashing techniques on U.S. citizens as subjects was the admitted practice of the CIA, certain military arms and private institutions joined in the MK-ULTRA, Artichoke, and Bluebird projects beginning in the early 1950s. A national security pretext often cited was the need to keep up with the Soviets in the race to develop a workable Manchurian Candidate human robot. With the "Monarch" (or whatever official title may be attached to it) project, the idea is extended to the production of a horde of children in whom the soul is crushed, who would spy, whore, kill, and commit suicide.

The material presented here, on this subject, must be under- stood to be only a bare introduction to a complex story with immense political and strategic ramifications. It is a beginning. Professionals probing the child victims of "Monarch" say there are clearly two responsible elements at work: the government/military, and cooperating Satanic (or more exactly pagan) cults. These are multi-generation groups, where parents donate their own children-who are proudly called "bloodline" or simply "blood" cultists - to be smashed with drugs and electric shock, and shaped. Other children are kidnapped and sold into this hell, or are brought in gradually through day-care situations.

Paul Bonacci and other child victims have given evidence in great depth on the central role of Lt. Col. Michael Aquino in this depravity. Aquino, alleged to have recently retired from an active military role, was long the leader of an Army psycho- logical warfare section which drew on his "expertise" and personal practices in brainwashing, Satanism, Nazism, homo- sexual pedophilia and murder.

A former director of the CIA was asked directly, "what about 'Monarch' "? He replied angrily, and ambiguously, "We stopped that between the late 1960s and the early 1970s." If a statement of fact, this would presumably relate to official participation of the CIA.

Some Codes and Assignments
The disclosures of Paul Bonacci, which cohere with reports of MPD professionals in other cases, point to a particular artificially induced mental structure as common to many victimized children. Space permits only the briefest treatment of this here; this is intended mainly to begin to "blow the circuits," so to speak, when followed up by professional therapists and investigators.

These are some of the widely occurring separate "persons" which have been formed under torture, and the corresponding "triggers":

. General personality-accessible under the code name ALPHA, with possible Alpha-001, Alpha-009, etc. "persons" with distinct task orientations.

. Sex programs, accessible through code name BETA; particular programs (and thus commands) are for pornography, acting, oral sex, etc.

. Assassination programs, utilizing very specific modes, and espionage, accessible through code DELTA.

. OMEGA, self-destruction programs, ranging from self mutilation to suicide by many different specific possible acts.

. GAMMA, system deception, amnesia and disinformation programs. Under this or 'other codes are track-covering false origins for the structure, giving the child memories of tormenters dressed as space aliens or Mickey Mouse or in Wizard of Oz costumes.

There are said to be such other personality levels as Master Programmer, Black Master, and different mental levels of backup programs. There are reported to be personnel who have large numbers of child-victims' assignments and triggers neatly filed in their little computers.

Paul Bonacci reports the following "Monarch"-related activities, often involving his "Commander" at Offutt AFB, Bill Plemmons, and Lt. Co!. Michael Aquino:

. Picking up cash in exchange for drugs at various Tennessee locations. Bonacci identifies several country music personalities as contacts.

. Trips on behalf of the North American Man-Boy Love Association (NAMBLA), the pedophile group now given semi- official status by the United Nations. Paul cites travel to the Netherlands and Germany carrying child pornography for sub- sequent "import" to the U.S.A. to avoid prosecution. In Amsterdam, he names "Charles Hester," and the British "Tommie Carter," who had on computer a global list of child pornography users. NAMBLA is also cited for organizing auctions of children.

. Travel to Hawaii, New York, Washington (in connection with Craig Spence) to compromise public figures by performing homosexual pedophile sex with them.

. The trip to California where the boy was ritually murdered, accompanied by "Monarch" contact, Mark Johnson of Denver, Colorado,

. Travel to .Mexico for the transportation of drugs, guns, and children. Paul was accompanied by the gangster-figure "Emilio," who otherwise directed the kidnapping of Johnny Gosch of Des Moines, Iowa. Johnny Gosch's parents commend Paul Bonacci as an accurate witness relative to that crime.

. Training under "Captain Foster" (survival skills) at Fort Riley, Kansas, under "Lt. Dave Bannister" (intelligence) at Fort Bragg, North Carolina, under "Col. Harris Livik" at Fort Defiance, Virginia, who is said to run a military school and to have housed "Monarch" boys. "Col. Bill Risher" of Bamberg, South Carolina, is said to have supplied children for Michael Aquino.

. Travel to Dresden in communist East Germany, where weapons were inspected. There and in the Federal Republic of Germany, the "Monarch" personnel were frequently neo-Nazis. This milieu is a special project of Lt. Col. Aquino, who was a West European adviser to the U.S. Chiefs of Staff. Paul Bonacci has extensive experience in the Aryan Nation and other White Supremacist cults.

An account of the origin of the "Monarch" project has been compiled by those who have been debriefing MPD child-victims. Nazi experimentation in World War II concentration camps were said to have gone beyond simply insane physical tortures. They brainwashed people, for military and strategic purposes. After the war, Allen Dulles and other Western intelligence people brought Nazi doctors out for use in the United States. A teenaged concentration camp inmate named Greenbaum, who had participated to save himself, also came to the United States. Known later as "Dr. Green," he became a high- level brainwasher, and is widely represented in brainwashing programs with a distinctive Cabalistic magic theme.

[at the time this aritcle was written, Anton Chaitlin did not know that Dr. "Greenbaum" was yet another pseudonymn used by Dr. Josep Mengele of Auschwitz notoriety. Arizona Wilder identified Mengele as using both the names of "Dr. Greenbaum" and " Dr. Green" in her 1999 video interview with David Icke titled, Revelations of a Mother Goddess. ]

The precise details of these horrors lie deeply buried in national security archives. But this history, as told to psychiatrists, dovetails with what is definitively known about Anglo- American intelligence operations and the German Nazis. And once again, the story goes right back to Nebraska.

The killers in the Nazi camps were themselves trained and organized by psychiatrists and eugenicists, operating from the "T4" bureau. These psychiatrists had long been the pets of white supremacist British and American financier networks.

At least some of these Nazi doctors were spirited out of Germany under the supervision of for Bank of England Governor Montagu Norman and Tavistock Institute Director John R. Rees on behalf of the British government. Norman, personally an insane Theosophist who had been chief of the prewar pro-Nazi faction within England, and Rees organized postwar propaganda and continuing psychological warfare activities, and created "Orwellian" groupings within U.S. psychiatry and mental health fields.


Now we add information from this website http://www.missingkids.com/missingkids/servlet/PageServlet?LanguageCountry=en_US&PageId=2810 .

The information on here is astounding.
The U.S. Department of Justice reports

Nearly 800,000 children younger than 18 are missing each year, or an average of 2,185 children reported missing each day.
More than 200,000 children were were abducted by family members.
More than 58,000 children were abducted by nonfamily members.
115 children were the victims of “stereotypical” kidnapping. These crimes involve someone the child does not know or a slight acquaintance who holds the child overnight, transports the child 50 miles or more, kills the child, demands ransom, or intends to keep the child permanently.

For them to have most of this information it means that they recovered the kid or found the body. If you add the numbers up it does not make sense. Those numbers leave about 550,000 children missing. Whenever I discuss these figures with people they tell me that they must be run aways. However, even at 50% of that number being runaways, which is a very high over estimate in my opinion, it still leaves 250,000 missing kids.

Now consider that this is only information from the United States where tracking is relatively good. What about the countries where tracking is not so great. There is something very sinister going on with our children.

[Cidersomerset]

If the elites think there is no 'God' or realise we are all 'gods' and have the
power within all of us to change our reality it would explain why they are
playing 'God' to the majority of the population who do not realise we are
all 'gods'......

kFix7xIwrQg


Ion explaining ...God to James Martinez, Bob nevritt and Dr, Carolyn Dean.....Bob is a former
high up Intelligence operative and at 90yrs old is very alert.

http://informationfarm.blogspot.co.uk/2010/07/ion-who-is-god.html


Thread explaining my interpretation of some of the Ion material..
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?44999-BOB-James-and-Carolyn-explaining-Assencion....144double-helix-s-chromozone-14-RNA

http://informationfarm.blogspot.co.uk/2010/07/ion-who-is-god.html

Ion explaining ...Jesus.

http://informationfarm.blogspot.co.uk/2010/07/source-cash-flow-howionic.html

Governments, Intel Agencies, CEOs, the Entertainment Industry,
the Vatican are Listening to iON

http://informationfarm.blogspot.co.uk/2010/06/governments-intell-agencies-ceos.html

[Tony]

Proof is Credibility.

On the internet, what is the number one rule? Check the source! When people lives are at stake, and especially their well being, hearsay is not good enough, this is just Chinese whispers.
We have a responsibility when passing on hearsay.

If we do not check our source properly, then we are in danger of being 'used' as propaganda messengers. When I write I always have to check whether what was written can be backed up,
if questioned about it!

One could say, that everyone has to do their own checking, and take responsibility for themselves.
I'd ask, if so, “When does love and compassion come into the equation?”

The man in the moon can be doing all sorts of things, it will make no difference to my life.
The world could end tonight, it still will not make any difference to my life. There are things going on in the universe that we will never know about. So what.

A lot of people day dream, and think it is reality. They go to Mars, meet Aliens, all sorts of things.
Under hypnosis we can believe anything! This whole life is one big hypnotic state.

When it comes to aliens...we are aliens! Who says, we belong here? We are only here for the duration of this body.

If there are some idiotic people who think they are elite, and have some super toys, to use against others, then they are in an even bigger hypnotic state then we are! They tried to wipe out all indigenous peoples with their guns, but the knowledge is still here.
Wisdom can never die, as it always....is! It is not something that is created.

Those people hiding away in tunnels, the moon, or south America only make the dream seem real.
Anyone of them could die tomorrow and never know the real truth...pity!

There is no proof, because you cannot ever prove a dream to be real.
Whatever happens within a dream, is part of the dream.



Tony

[Camilo]

Thank you for this great thread Bill. It's been long time since good food for thought and exchange has been posted in the forum. Thank you all for your posts.

I personally think it is well worth the time and effort to thoroughly review all this information, and I strongly resonate with Bill's provocative suggestion at the end.....

"If you reading this, are moved and struck by this thread and these powerful and disturbing concepts, you yourself may be one of those incarnated here specifically to change what's going on.. from the inside. From outside, it may not be possible."

[lake]

The opening post is not sound if you actually THINK about it!

So the elite are going to leave the Earth and no longer care what occurs here. Ok lets take a number of elite, lets say 1000 for ease and also because it would be simpler to relocate 1000 rather than 100000.

Right so these elite, in fact from now I'm going to call them hu-scum rather than elite as this is what they are! The colour of filth.

So these hu-scum have decided that their best move is off Earth. Ok, so their plan is to use the technology which they know of and have access to in order to “move” to the moon or Mars?

1000 hu-scum to go.

These are beings which have NEVER had to understand a feeling of the struggle to be.

They DO NOT need to be intelligent as they are born into their world.

The only power they have is through indoctrination by the masses of the masses through parenting, the manipulation of credit ( debit) and fear of not conforming to others expectations.

So you have 1000 hu-scum on a very high tech ship heading to the moon.
Lets say the moon is made of green cheese to eat and has lakes of pure Chablis to drink.
Who will serve the hu-scum with these treats?
Who will wash the dishes they eat off and the glasses they drink from? Clean their clothes, iron their shirts etc.
They wont do it themselves, don’t forget these aren’t intelligent beings they are just born into a way of being and will act, no matter what, in one manner.

When the hu-scum have a sh*t, who will maintain the systems which remove and process said item? It will not be them!
So removing daily problems, like where does your food come from and how do you make it, you still have major issues!

So the hu-scum require a number of slaves to “do” for them.
Lets say one for each. So 1000 slaves.

But you need to keep slaves in order.
So you need power.
Power comes from imposing fear.
So to keep the slaves in fear you need your army, but you cant bring your paid for army with you.
If you use full mind control then the slaves really are of minimal use.
A dilemma! What to do?

So lets say 1 security personal per hu-scum. Only using single men, so no need to bring their families, god ( or Satan) forbid.

What to do about this tricky tech stuff though?
Thats a problem. Ok you can force humans of intelligent minds to do as you say but they will at some point expire and you still need the systems to function.
You can clone people but you cannot instil concepts or new ideas, therefore you as a hu-scum end up wiping your own arse.

Was going to more and more into this but see no point.

If you think it through, it will not work and so is not functional and will not occur!

:p

[Chester]

How can one know if there are negative entities leeching life force out of him? I think I might have an unwanted companion, of course it's just a guess. Is there any possible way to get rid of those energetic "vampires"?

Yes to both - go to this thread - full of suggested solutions -

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?40941-Horus-Ra-as-the-Archontic-Alien-Parasite-A-follow-up-interview-with-Maarit

justone

[Chester]

Well, first off, I have to pull out anything Charles has said as unreliable. As I have said before, if you are listening to a known liar.

can you provide something to prove this? one instance of a lie that is provable and not conjecture or emotion based response?

I perceived Charles as an excellent resource but one must understand Charles was (and perhaps still is, if he is alive) quite internally conflicted... not knowing what "side" to remain on. But if you throw out Charles completely as well as anyone else who has potentially lied (knowingly or not), you throw out the babies with the bath water.

Discernment, court awareness, possibility based on probability - these are our guides

justoneman

[Chester]

One-Evil.Org is the first and only site to systematically chronicle the history of evil...
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright © One-Evil.org 2011. All Rights Reserved

Clearly one of the best posts ever on this forum (or any)... Thank You Crested Duck.

[lake]

How can one know if there are negative entities leeching life force out of him? I think I might have an unwanted companion, of course it's just a guess. Is there any possible way to get rid of those energetic "vampires"?

Ok you need to understand that you are required to give your freewill, implicit ok to any other being, of this plane or another, to "use" you.

More than likely this has been given by your thoughts.
You have a thought and believe this is of you, 60-70% of the words or feelings you think or you have are NOT of you!
But because you feel that they are then this can be used as an invitation to use you.
You need to know that your spirit and physical form are perfect and neither would ever make you feel less than excellent. Therefore, understand that there must be another presence wanting your beings to act or feel in a less than perfect manner!

And yes you can remove them.

;)

[Chester]

If the elites thing there is no 'God' or realise we are all 'gods' and have the
power within all of us to change our reality it would explain why they are
playing 'God' to the majority of the population who do not realise we are
all 'gods'......

kFix7xIwrQg


Ion explaining ...God to James Martinez, Bob nevritt and Dr, Carolyn Dean.....Bob is a former
high up Intelligence operative and at 90yrs old is very alert.

http://informationfarm.blogspot.co.uk/2010/07/ion-who-is-god.html


Thread explaining my interpretation of some of the Ion material..
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?44999-BOB-James-and-Carolyn-explaining-Assencion....144double-helix-s-chromozone-14-RNA

http://informationfarm.blogspot.co.uk/2010/07/ion-who-is-god.html

Ion explaining ...Jesus.

http://informationfarm.blogspot.co.uk/2010/07/source-cash-flow-howionic.html

Governments, Intel Agencies, CEOs, the Entertainment Industry,
the Vatican are Listening to iON

http://informationfarm.blogspot.co.uk/2010/06/governments-intell-agencies-ceos.html

many of your links do not work (been shut down) - I did go to the home page - is this part of the base on the moon?

http://informationfarm.blogspot.co.uk/

[Billy]

I have not had time to read through the whole of the OP. But i will repost my first gut feeling response i posted on the other thread.




Hi Bill. Thank goodness there is more than one ship navigating the oceon of life, If the controllers have decided to abandon their ship, Mother earth is not the ship that is sinking, But the contollers inability to navigate on Mother Earth anymore, it will not be woman and children first, The sevice to self Captain will be first in this instance trying to save their own neck. Leaving their slave masters with no direction or to drown.

Maybe it will be up to ships that navigate with Mother Earth to rescue the drowning and assist them with the kiss of life

My ship is not sinking, Is anyone elses

Bon Voyage is all i can say.

Peace

Adding

Correct me if i am wrong but there seems to be no mention of Gaia's intentions in the OP. This living organic being has a say on who will be permitted to adventure on with her and who leaves. I repeat that the controllers are jumping ship because they can no longer navigate within the higher vibrational enegies that Gaia, the universe and thank goodness at long last, many within humanity are expressing at this time.

Do the pinhead controllers really believe that they are going to avoid the changes by going to the moon or mars. have they forgotten their history already. Have they forgotten how the moon and mars became how they are today. Lordy

peace

[Rocky_Shorz]

when I first saw the ingrediants of Chemtrails here at Avalon, I knew this is material that doesn't reflect inbound sun energy, it absorbs it...

what happens when it is floating n the atmosphere?

whenever you see a punch cloud, an anti-mater burst just happened...

3 Million without power...

you'd think they would take a hint...

http://c.o0bg.com/rf/image_960w/Boston/2011-2020/2012/07/01/BostonGlobe.com/National/Images/dome-web.jpg

[Chester]

I have not had time to read through the whole of the OP. But i will repost my first gut feeling response i posted on the other thread.

Hi Bill. Thank goodness there is more than one ship navigating the oceon of life, If the controllers have decided to abandon their ship, Mother earth is not the ship that is sinking, But the contollers inability to navigate on Mother Earth anymore, it will not be woman and children first, The sevice to self Captain will be first in this instance trying to save their own neck. Leaving their slave masters with no direction or to drown.

Maybe it will be up to ships that navigate with Mother Earth to rescue the drowning and assist them with the kiss of life

My ship is not sinking, Is anyone elses

Bon Voyage is all i can say.

Peace

Adding

Correct me if i am wrong but there seems to be no mention of Gaia's intentions in the OP. This living organic being has a say on who will be permitted to adventure on with her and who leaves. I repeat that the controllers are jumping ship because they can no longer navigate within the higher vibrational enegies that Gaia, the universe and thank goodness at long last, many within humanity are expressing at this time.

Do the pinhead controllers really believe that they are going to avoid the changes by going to the moon or mars. have they forgotten their history already. Have they forgotten how the moon and mars became how they are today. Lordy

peace

Forgive me, but did Tiamat have a say? justonethought

[turiya]

-------
‘Charles’ said that from the ETs point of view, the experiment had gone seriously wrong — but whatever happened, they would not intervene, and would watch it all play out.
The way they MAY be able to intervene, without breaking cosmic protocol, is by incarnating as their experimental subjects -- i.e. us. If you reading this, are moved and struck by this thread and these powerful and disturbing concepts, you yourself may be one of those incarnated here specifically to change what's going on.. from the inside. From outside, it may not be possible.

I say let them go!
Have them get out of our way. And leave us alone!
They have created a hell on this Earth with the way they think.
And in the way they have acted.
Let them go, and they will take their hell along with them.
Good riddance to bad rubbish!
They will create hell wherever they choose to go.
Wherever they end up, They will stop feeding on us.
They will only have themselves left to feed upon.


"Apart from the First Born of Earth, everyone has come to Earth from somewhere other. The vast majority of souls who came to Earth are from the Six non physical civilizations. These are souls who exist in a purely energetic form, i.e. they do not have any physical density. In coming to Atlantis, they would experience physical density for the very first time...

Everyone who is physical at this time is here to complete a job they began some time ago or they are here to begin a job they have undertaken to complete when humanity has woken up.

Twenty thousand years ago, when we returned to the planet following the Atlantis destruction, we had all of the consciousness within the physical body. Our capabilities were considerably beyond anything we have experienced since. As an example, Stonehenge was built 10,000 years ago using our inherent telekinetic capability. The pyramids of Egypt were built in the same way, as were many of the older structures in South America.

The original time frame we set ourselves to complete The Human Plan was by the end of 2011. Given the threat of GMOs and some of the problems generated by those who have taken on and acted with the energies of the Fourteen, by common consent, the energies necessary to complete these changes have been accomplished by the end of 2005. This means that all of those who made their choice to complete 'The Plan' must have done so by the end of 2005. Those who have chosen not to complete 'The Plan' must leave the planet. [Either by leaving the physical body, or by leaving this planet.] If we have not fulfilled this promise by the end of 2005, then the Earth will no longer make itself available to its inhabitants. By the end of 2011, no human life will remain on Earth apart from the First Born.

We are now undergoing the process of returning to 'us' the totality of our soul within our physical body. The 'us' who understands the universe. The 'us' who first arrived on this planet 85,000 years ago. The 'us' who will inherit this Earth. Those who built Stonehenge, those who built the Pyramids, are here once again. As we become whole, those skills return. Those understandings return and the damage we have created on this planet in the last seven thousand years can be undone. The Russians have already proven that nuclear waste can be neutralized by psychic processes and this is before we complete our integration!

This is what our job is. This is what we are all here to do at this time. We are here to complete The Human Plan and we are here to undo the damage done by man. If we can avoid the horrendous threat of GMOs, we can undo our harm. All are armed and ready to carry out this work and we will prevail...

The planet is a consciousness that is undergoing its own consciousness changes. In the same way as we are experiencing 'growing pains', so is the planet. It must be allowed to act freely and in ways in which it sees fit... We can do nothing positive until we have finished our awakening. When we have awoken, we will know. All else is ego."

Source: The Planet Earth: The Universe's Experiment by Chris Thomas, pages 194-197 (selected excerpts).

[Rocky_Shorz]

maybe all the Central Banks are really Spaceships ready to lift off on Dec 21, 2012...

the party starts at Midnight to bring in the time of enlightenment...

I met a retired vet that worked underground and said if he told me what he knew, they'd have to kill him...

curiosity made me look and it was a moment he was standing in amazement when a massive 30+ ton shipment rolled by with one man pushing it...

it was on a platform that was floating...

[CdnSirian]

This leads to the so-called "ascension" which is soul harvesting in disguise for the future occupants of these ready made hybrids with new contracts for the tenancy of these "wonderful new bodies."

My few cents.

Those few cents are priceless my brother. Spot on.

If ascended into the hybrid bodies, we're still us, right? We will still resist control. And keep ourselves well on every level, which can exclude resistance altogether.

Just used up my one hour allotment on Avalon. On this thread! Regards all, check back tomorrow.

If I had someone to do all that ironing...:mmph:

[Flash]

this has grown into a rather long post so please bear with me.

imo there are not just two or four timelines but essentially an infinite number of them. however, there are certainly major timelines, meaning timelines which have major factors or values that are a main theme in these and in adjacent timelines, much like you can hear a radio station on a channel and as you turn the dial it gets weaker with more static but is still there.

as an example, an earthquake could be 8.0 on one timeline and on another one it's 7.0. the difference lies in the vibration of the observer. we experience that timeline which matches our vibration. as our vibration changes from moment to moment, our timeline changes, but these changes are imperceptible (except maybe in hindsight). there can't be sudden changes from a totally "positive" to a totally "negative" timeline.

the same with certain points in time (and necessarily space), like the dec 2012 event. imo it is such a major factor that it influences all timelines to a certain degree. it's not just a point in time, it's also a certain point in space at which our solar system and earth will be at that moment. the earth and her inhabitants are being influenced by vibrations that exist in the space she is travelling through (induced by the proximity to other celestial bodies such as the galactic center).

what does that have to do with timelines? we know that time is an illusion. it is possible to look forward and backward in time. now, what the mayans did and prophets and others who predicted certain events is that they saw some of these focal points in time which influence not just one but many different timelines. the point in dec 2012 (time+space) is so important that it was seen by many different prophets and indigenous people, although most of them couldn't place it in time like the mayans did because they lacked the reference to that particular point in space. they couldn't pinpoint when exactly it will happen like the mayans did. the mayans were able to calculate the exact moment in time because they used the stars as a reference.

how does that influence what we're going to experience? what's going to happen for each one of us after the focal point of dec 2012 depends on the vibration of each person at that moment. there won't be sudden shifts from "negative" to "positive" or anything the like because our mind couldn't make sense of such a thing. it has to be logical from our perspective.

the universe/creator/we work in an energy-saving mode, if you will. we experience that which takes the least amount of energy to experience, which is of course that which is most relative to our current perspective. sudden jumps would cost too much energy and are inconceivable to our minds.

so, the things bill described will all come to pass but not necessarily in the timeline each one of us experiences (some may, others won't). they've certainly become relative to our perspective, they're not inconceivable to our minds, but the severity of any of these events depends on our personal vibration. whether we are in tune with the most severe outcome (low vibration) or not will determine what exactly we'll experience.

we know that fear, anxiety and all these things reduce the vibration and that love and "postive" feelings raise it. so it's simple to change what happens outside of us by changing what's inside. by changing your state of mind, your reaction to any outside events you bit by bit change the outside itself.

regarding the possibility that tptb may leave the earth and that any kind of negative beings will take complete control after possible catastrophies, both of these things don't matter because they don't happen in all of these timelines/frequencies. just like earthquakes or volcanoes they're limited to a certain frequency band and if you're outside that band you're not going to experience these events.

what that means is that after dec 2012 things will probably move more rapidly in either a "positive" or "negative" direction depending on each person's vibration. the "negative" ETs won't be able to influence the "positive" timelines because they're essentially in other universes (lower vibratory timelines). that removes the possibility for "negative" influences to the population in the "positive" timeline and so "positivity" increases as vibration rises.

of course the same happens with the "negative" timelines which will see an influx of more "negativity" and experience a kind of hell on earth as vibration decreases.

all of these things happen because all timelines exist but the thing that matters to each one of us is where we will be in terms of vibration.

some of you may be wondering how it's possible that nobody disappears into thin air, even the "negative" people if you're in a "positive" timeline. the reason is that everything you see around you, and all people, are a creation of your own mind (or consciousness) and as you become more "positive" ("the inside") these people either become more "positive" as well ("the outside") or they vanish through means which make sense to your mind (because that takes the least amount of energy to experience), like leaving earth, for instance. thus, moment by moment and almost imperceptibly your "reality" changes. that is possible because everyone of us is an aspect of the creator and we control the illusion (although we're not currently aware of it).

When I read that PTB might be quitting earth, hiding in their moon base or becoming bunker in their bunkers (talk about cabin fever...), I thought "good, about time". PTB had a choice, and we did too: enlist 6 billion peoples to work on solutions to a dreaded future or do it by themselves through slave ignorant labor (us) for themselves. They had the choice between service to self and service to others, while putting all others in service to others. They chose service to self, for aeons. Now time for retribution.

All of us remaining could pair together to finally find global solutions for the entire planet and system. This is what I thought.

[Chester]

There may be this plan - (role playing only)

Move relevant folks to the Moon base (as well as other bases) and scorch the Earth (WW III perhaps). Then return when the dust settles and population is significantly decreased and then rebuild earth and implement the zero energy and anti-gravity technologies.

They may think they can hold the entire planet of Earth hostage with all the nukes (perhaps Earth is wired up just like the WTC was). By doing this, the PTB/Ws could keep the "good guy" ETs from intervening (if they even would).

The purpose of the underground bases is for "insiders - level 2" - these folks are not allowed to leave the planet but will be spared as long as they implement the agenda as human resources are needed to fulfill the agenda - these are hostages who are aware of Plan B. So both "good" ETs and "insiders - level 2" are in impossible situations in this scenario.

So if things go according to plan, in a 1/2 dozen or so generations, they would have their paradise which would only require (comfortably) about 1/2 billion people to run. If the "good guy" ETs try and intervene, they implement Plan B - they move whoever they can off the Moon and then blow Earth into smitherines... another Tiamat.

Blowing up the planet definitely does away with the Moon, thus in a way, some of those involved in "implantation" are at risk because the Moon is supposed to be home to a massive implant station... thus the Greys and the ones managing the Greys may also be held hostage a bit as they don't want to lose their "loosh" farm nor "soul recycling" center.

In addition, blowing the planet means dead reptilians (which may or may not be seen as expendable to their direct relatives).

I won't suggest what I would do if I were the "good ETs" and that depends upon whether I were able to do anything or if so, if I were prone to intervening... stuff the "bad guys" haven't considered it yet.

I have an idea what humanity might do (should do - opinion only) but the ironic part is that this is all done on an individual basis and cannot exactly be transmitted to others via verbal or written communication except by the few very skilled so to do of which I am not one.

justone

The above was just my first time run through... the key to looking at this is to try and identify each group's needs and wants because there are varying groups that are interdependent here but are lumped together under the "cabal" tag. Each sub group would want to have both a need for and a gun held to the head of each other sub group and that the complete group would seek a solution that they get what they want or no one gets anything anyone wants. This, in my view, is how these minds work.

[lightseeker]

Thanks Bill, for your insight. I await your annalysis of further info.from the various data points you mentioned. I did listen to the first interview and hopefully I will listen to the rest when I get the chance. I recall yours and Kerry's interview/s of Dan Burich who discussed the two time lines and that the Roswell crash was as Dutch says us from the future. Things got screwed up. I read so much going from one extreme to the other. from total distruction to DNA upgrade with power etc. Some where inbetween there is the truth, but whose truth? This is so complex, and there are still a lot of the puzzles pieces missing. I am beyond the point of worrying about myself or those that I love. What happens, happens. Go on with our lives and do the best we can to love all as best we can and live in the now and appreciate those in our lives. I wish I had great words of wisdom to impart, but I don't . And I am not going to waste my time or energy living in fear, I have moved on from fear a Long time ago. I am going to just enjoy my life moment to moment with my family and friends that I love. And that includes everybody on the forum. Love you all YOu have taught me so much. Rick

[Poly Hedra]

Maybe we are all aware and taking part in this experiment, with the higher- self in agreement.
I tend to remind myself that I am a spirit experiencing this human body. We have natural connection to it but it is not who we really are. Regardless of what is planned by the TPTW, we are becoming more aware of who we really are every day. Whatever happens we live and learn. :)

[Deborah (ahamkara)]

From listening to and reading the information posted by Bill, it seems that there is an eminent physical event that will impact Earth. This event does not appear to be generated from Earth, but will have a dramatic impact on the livability on the surface for a period of years. Perhaps there are those with a "plan" to hide out on the Moon until it all blows over, perhaps not. These things would be beyond the ability of most of us here to influence.

There is an assumption by many posters that they have an inalienable right to live here, and survive, just because. This is simply not so. Look at the exploded planet between Mars and Jupiter, look at Mars itself. NASA publicly admits that Mars once had liquid water, a magnetic field and at atmosphere- now long gone. The Universe constantly creates and destroys. These are cycles, which, like your own death, cannot be avoided.

The spiritual opportunities when one ponders death are enormous. Staring squarely in the face of your own physical mortality is the best way I know to focus on the things that really matter. It's a good day to die. Peace.

[Ishtar]

Bill, everything in your opening post, to me, speaks of the very deliberate alien agenda that has been operating inside government for at least the whole of the previous century, and is building to a screaming crescendo now in 2012.

I had a brush with it, as a researcher many years ago, when some disinfo people were trying to decant the brains of a fellow Sumerian researcher in order to write a new back story for the human race. (More about that here (http://ishtarsgate.wordpress.com/2011/11/26/the-second-coming-has-been-delayed-due-to-technical-difficulties/).)

Decades before that, they got senior Freemason Zechariah Sitchin to invent a load of stuff about the Anunnaki that isn't in the Sumerian texts on the cuneiform tablets, to portray them as evil ETs who will return on their Planet Nibiru to harvest us. (More about that here (http://www.ishtarsgate.com/forum/showthread.php?2817-The-Anunnaki-and-the-Fear-of-the-Bogey-man)).

With my friend, they were trying to construct a new composite god called Marduk Ra but it never made it through the final edit, mainly, probably, because he wouldn't co-operate. What finally did emerge, though, years later, is one Horus Ra ~ again, two separate and entirely different Egyptian gods with different roles in the ancient myths, but that didn't stop the science fiction writers employed by the CIA blending them together.

All this has been part of their agenda to scare the beejesus out of us with the sort of stuff you posted at the beginning of this thread, all the better to control us. In true MKULTRA classic style, where the subject is confused with with conflicting stories, they switch the agenda of the aliens every so often between 'bad aliens' who want to invade us/have already invaded us and the good aliens who are the friendly 'long haired hippies from outa space' that Drake and Wilcock keep telling us are coming, but who never arrive ... and never will.

Most of the channelling is created to serve this alien agenda and I reckon you must know that because of the health warning on this forum about it, in that subforum.

According to this writer in Veterans Today (http://www.veteranstoday.com/2012/06/15/alien-agenda-inside-the-beltway/), the alien agenda is the cover story excuse for many of the actions of the NWO at the heart of major world governments, and is how and why our politicians completely change once they get into power. I've experienced this myself when trying to get information on chemtrails. It's like hitting a brick wall. I'd guessed it was something to do with the NWO agenda.

Columnist Preston James agrees has more detail... (and thanks to Paul for tipping me off to this article).

The Secret Transformation of Our Elected Officials and What It Means for The American Republic

by Preston James

This transformation of most of our elected officials once they are seated inside the beltway (DC) is perhaps the greatest mystery of our modern political system.

Few objective facts are known by those outside top inner circles with 'beyond-black' security clearances. But the best evidence so far suggests the possibility that this transformation is real, and is based on the a highly classified 'alien agenda' used as a complex cover story to manipulate high segments of elected officials and Intel. And it seems possible that the apparent alien agenda is ongoing, very very strange, and is absorbing almost all Earthly assets, bringing the world to utter economic collapse, war and chaos in order to convert the world into a globalist New World Order system.

Why do so many Congressmen and Congresswomen, and Senators seem to be quickly turned after they are elected and seated, so easily abandoning their Oaths to the US Constitution and passing so many laws which themselves are completely unConstitutional and against everything the Republic stands for? What happens to these folks after they go to work inside the Beltway? Is this transformation strictly a product of peer pressure from other senior legislators who control powerful positions in the Senate and House, or is it based on yielding to the particular social pressures of the political party they belong to?

Ex-Governor Jesse Ventura has written an excellent book, The Democripts and the Rebloodlicans, in which he explains why he believes there is very little difference between the two parties. Gerald Celente the World’s top Trends Analyst has suggested that these two parties are like two different organized crime families families, the Gambinos and the Genoveses.

This political transformation that occurs to elected politicians once they are elected and are seated is a great mystery and this opinion piece is one attempt to clarify these issues and provide some possible answers as to what really happens to transform these folks to so rapidly into individuals who appear to have abandoned “we the people” in order to serve only the Shadow Govt super-elite controllers who occupy the highest positions of the Invisible Secret Shadow Govt. and the NWO Globalist Agenda.

This article is long and complicated and will take many into the ozone of credulity. It will make much more information available than most will want. So, perhaps it is best to skip over the parts that bore you and focus on what grabs your eye and interest.

It is typically verboten to openly discuss or disclose 'beyond-black' secrets and covert operations to those without similar security clearances and yet this information is leaking out as never before, perhaps from highly placed operatives who got old, sick and disgusted as they approach death.

Because this subject allegedly involves Beyond-Black information which cannot be directly accessed, everything presented is based on rumors and speculation about them. The information that has been leaked by highly placed intel officials has been apparently very carefully crafted as rumors and speculations. The terms “highly possible” seem to have been a recurrent theme in most of these disclosures.

However, there has been a major exception to this rule. Steven Greer MD’s Disclosure Project at the National Press Club in Washington DC on May 9, 2001, presented open testimony from for the first time about anti-gravity craft from former military, intel and defense contractors. After this presentation and numerous appeals to Congress, this project seems to have stalled and the major media have ignored it.

Many Americans have sensed that the visible USG inside the beltway in Washington DC has gone renegade and is no longer “of the people, and for the people”, but rather serves the goals and hidden agenda of a group of super-elites that run the Secret Shadow Government.

Many patriotic American Citizens feel that Congress, the Justice Dept, the Courts and the various USG bureaucracies and alphabets are betraying their interests on a daily basis and have sold the United States of America out. To the very astute who know how politics inside the beltway works, it seems that once senior politicians associated with Intel or defense related committees gain beyond black clearances, their own basic “transformation” or sell-out occurs and they are used to manipulate their subordinates or non-clearanced compatriots that are elected to the House or Senate to also do things against the Constitution, the Rule of Law, and the Republic.

Some have wondered if the rumors about these folks have been given massive bribes (grease, baksheesh) are really true and this is the cause.

And in addition to this political transformation that occurs to most elected officials inside the beltway, it also seems to have been occurring with the CEOs and corporate elites of the largest international corporations....

The Shadow Government's agenda appears to be two-tiered; in the higher tier, Beyond Black security clearanced members are told of the alien invaders and an alien agenda ~ and they have been rumoured to dispense a special cover story to their associates who are the second lower tier and who do not have such security clearance.

The cover story that the first tier is rumoured to dispense to the second tier is a 'benevolent lie', which does not mention aliens in any fashion, but merely the absolute need to implement the globalist NWO system in order to avoid complete economic breakdown and the declaration of martial law on the streets of America.

There's much more here, at Veterans Today (http://www.veteranstoday.com/2012/06/15/alien-agenda-inside-the-beltway/)

FURTHER READING:

How Psy-Ops Is Trashing the Garden of Good and Evil
(http://ishtarsgate.wordpress.com/2012/06/10/how-psy-ops-are-trashing-the-garden-of-good-and-evil/)

[Chester]

From listening to and reading the information posted by Bill, it seems that there is an eminent physical event that will impact Earth. This event does not appear to be generated from Earth, but will have a dramatic impact on the livability on the surface for a period of years. Perhaps there are those with a "plan" to hide out on the Moon until it all blows over, perhaps not. These things would be beyond the ability of most of us here to influence.

There is an assumption by many posters that they have an inalienable right to live here, and survive, just because. This is simply not so. Look at the exploded planet between Mars and Jupiter, look at Mars itself. NASA publicly admits that Mars once had liquid water, a magnetic field and at atmosphere- now long gone. The Universe constantly creates and destroys. These are cycles, which, like your own death, cannot be avoided.

The spiritual opportunities when one ponders death are enormous. Staring squarely in the face of your own physical mortality is the best way I know to focus on the things that really matter. It's a good day to die. Peace.

I would think a massive geophysical event would equally effect the moon, but perhaps not... still this is definitely one of the concerns many of Bill's insiders have expressed - and thus the reaction by some within the elite to "save the human race" by attempting to protect some of our species may be viewed by many as understandable - this does not take into consideration the so called "negative ETs" nor does this address "satanic practices" of which human sacrifice is one - so factoring in that wild card complicates the scenarios.

[Hervé]

[...]

The Secret Transformation of Our Elected Officials and What It Means for The American Republic

by Preston James

This transformation of most of our elected officials once they are seated inside the beltway (DC) is perhaps the greatest mystery of our modern political system.

[...]
Why do so many Congressmen and Congresswomen, and Senators seem to be quickly turned after they are elected and seated, so easily abandoning their Oaths to the US Constitution and passing so many laws which themselves are completely unConstitutional and against everything the Republic stands for? What happens to these folks after they go to work inside the Beltway? Is this transformation strictly a product of peer pressure from other senior legislators who control powerful positions in the Senate and House, or is it based on yielding to the particular social pressures of the political party they belong to?

[...]


The answer is very simple and almost as old as that oldest profession...


[...]


As I said before, Skull and Bones, the Rockefeller Family and the Illuminati in general worship death and believe that the gods they worship are pleased by it. They believe that their gods grant them favors, such as wealth, in proportion to how well they provide fear, anger, and ritual human sacrifices for them to feed off of. This is standard Aztec human sacrifice kind of magical thinking. Never mind that the Aztecs, the Druids, and Incans, that practiced such human sacrifices were ultimately unsuccessful as societies. They still appealed to the Pirates of Skull and Bones and the pseudo-mystical Illuminati. These people are not scientists. They do not have the patience for. They just want to rape and plunder populations without having to think too much about it.

[...]

That is how well the sculptor accomplished David Rockefeller’s wish to be immortalized as a Christ like figure while planning genocide to kill off 5.5 billion people!
(from: "case 26: Your sickness and Genocide Planned in the USA" by whistleblower Sue Ann Arrigo (http://avalonlibrary.net/Sue_Arrigo/))




The followings are excerpted from Sue Arrigo's case 20 (http://avalonlibrary.net/Sue_Arrigo/):

[...]

They practice Christianity with their lips, and Satanism by their deeds. Some of them are mind controlled into amnesia by the trauma and drugs at the initial ceremony and do not even know later that they are Satanists. Others do know. I would say that about 20 percent are fully aware that what they are doing is evil and wrong and just don't know how to stop it. About 50% know what they are doing but deny that it is evil. They excuse it as their right to be pagan and uninhibited. Then about 10 percent are full multiples and are clueless in their overt personality as to what they are doing in their covert personalities. Then about another 20 percent are too lazy and apathetic to think about what they are doing. They are just doing it because others do it. (See the last section below “Protecting yourself from blackmail”, if you have fallen into one of these traps).

The CIA did find methods to make over 90% of people criminals without a discernible conscience. They started with the basic Skull and Bone’s ritual and had already made some improvements in it by the time Rodman Rockefeller tasked me to look into the issue. He was not happy with the almost 10% failure rate. Ops were run on Congressmen, CEO’s, and foreign dignitaries. Having to kill 10% of them soon after inviting them to a “DC Party” was a high security risk--- someone might notice and leak that to a part of the press which was not well controlled. So, Rodman was very anxious that the “failure rate”get below 5%.

[...]

[gripreaper]

From listening to and reading the information posted by Bill, it seems that there is an eminent physical event that will impact Earth. This event does not appear to be generated from Earth, but will have a dramatic impact on the livability on the surface for a period of years. Perhaps there are those with a "plan" to hide out on the Moon until it all blows over, perhaps not. These things would be beyond the ability of most of us here to influence.

There is an assumption by many posters that they have an inalienable right to live here, and survive, just because. This is simply not so. Look at the exploded planet between Mars and Jupiter, look at Mars itself. NASA publicly admits that Mars once had liquid water, a magnetic field and at atmosphere- now long gone. The Universe constantly creates and destroys. These are cycles, which, like your own death, cannot be avoided.

The spiritual opportunities when one ponders death are enormous. Staring squarely in the face of your own physical mortality is the best way I know to focus on the things that really matter. It's a good day to die. Peace.

I would think a massive geophysical event would equally effect the moon, but perhaps not... still this is definitely one of the concerns many of Bill's insiders have expressed - and thus the reaction by some within the elite to "save the human race" by attempting to protect some of our species may be viewed by many as understandable - this does not take into consideration the so called "negative ETs" nor does this address "satanic practices" of which human sacrifice is one - so factoring in that wild card complicates the scenarios.

Estimates are that about 15% would survive on the surface, which would be enough to re-seed the planet, although the elite may have plans to introduce the triple helix 3 DNA strand hybrid humans at that point. I'm not sure if this super species would then summarily proceed to finish off the rest of the survivors.

[SKAWF]

ok, for some reason, i'm going to say something that perhaps i ordinarily wouldnt.

i can keep up the effort.....
i can maintain the focus....

but the truth is, i'm sick of this world.

thats part of the reason why i keep myself isolated from as much of it as i can.

if anyone tried to directly harm me, i would fight back (if i was able)

i'm not suicidal, but nor do i care about death.
i'm at the stage where i think.....

ok, if your going to do it, then f***ing do it.

everything is dirty. corrupted.
it makes me feel sick to open my eye's sometimes.
if this is life..... i dont much care for it.

i just want it sorted one way or the other.

no matter about all the other stuff i write
these thoughts are always there.
i dont dwell on them too much
nor do i hide from them.

in the mean time.....

one foot in front of the other.......

and so it goes on and on and on......

sorry if that was inappropriate.

[RunningDeer]

This is the second time I watched, “George Green : Messages for the Ground Crew.” Last January was the first and I also purchased three of his eBooks. Back then, I was aware of fear creeping in. Today, I found myself annoyed for giving away my power to someone else and their ET guides. I mean no disrespect to Mr. Green, but it’s time for me to "hava look" at why I think that someone else knows better than myself about what’s next for me.

The vid was from 2008. It’s the same old, same old. What comes up for me is all these seers that share the information may be actually causing the masses to project a negative outcome with their fears. The PTW are using our innate gifts against us to turn the tide in their favor. Mother Earth and her Children have their destiny mapped out. So aside from survival preparations and sharing Light and assist those awakening, I say live in the Now. Become aware of upgrades in natural abilities. Live within the heart and heart/mind and see from the greater perspective.

[Chester]

ok, for some reason, i'm going to say something that perhaps i ordinarily wouldnt.

i can keep up the effort.....
i can maintain the focus....

but the truth is, i'm sick of this world.

thats part of the reason why i keep myself isolated from as much of it as i can.

if anyone tried to directly harm me, i would fight back (if i was able)

i'm not suicidal, but nor do i care about death.
i'm at the stage where i think.....

ok, if your going to do it, then f***ing do it.

everything is dirty. corrupted.
it makes me feel sick to open my eye's sometimes.
if this is life..... i dont much care for it.

i just want it sorted one way or the other.

no matter about all the other stuff i write
these thoughts are always there.
i dont dwell on them too much
nor do i hide from them.

in the mean time.....

one foot in front of the other.......

and so it goes on and on and on......

sorry if that was inappropriate.

I have felt exactly like this a lot... you said it well... but recently I have begun to feel I need to keep trying... its why I post what I do and if folks knew my life, why I do the things I do. But I understand exactly how you feel SKAWF.

[SKAWF]

I have felt exactly like this a lot... you said it well... but recently I have begun to feel I need to keep trying... its why I post what I do and if folks knew my life, why I do the things I do. But I understand exactly how you feel SKAWF.

thanks justone i appreciate that.

[Snowbird]

How can one know if there are negative entities leeching life force out of him? I think I might have an unwanted companion, of course it's just a guess. Is there any possible way to get rid of those energetic "vampires"?

If you think you have one, you most likely do have one. I've had more than my share. The 12D shielding technique is a start. I will also go out on a limb here and describe an aura or cosmic egg purifying technique that I learned from the Arcturians.

Your goal is to dislodge and remove any unwanted entities that are embedded in or attached to your cosmic egg or aura, you regulate the pulse of the aura, fill the holes and smooth, any depressions in the pulse are filled and smoothed, the mishaping of energy fields are brought back to shape, the discoloration of the aura is returned to normal, the chakra alignment, is brought back into balance and aligned and any indentations are filled and smoothed and any fissures are repaired and filled.

How do you do this? By sitting in a relaxed position, visualize your aura or cosmic egg being drawn into your solar plexus. You actually contract the muscles in your solar plexus inward and visualize that you have drawn your aura or cosmic egg into your solar plexus into a tight ball. Hold it there for a few seconds while the cleansing action takes place. Then, release it in one breath-blast and visualize the cleansed aura surrounded by a bright blue band that holds its shape and holds the cleansed contents of the aura or cosmic egg. I also visualize the chaff so to speak, being taken up into the bright white cleansing light where it is rejuvenated, recycled and taken to its perfect place.


12 D Shield Building Technique - Lisa Renee

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XhuLXYLhz-c

[Snowbird]

Bill Ryan post # 1

I wrote here, yesterday:

I genuinely don't yet know exactly what to make of this, but I'm compiling and carefully evaluating some evidence that seems to suggest that the global controllers may be preparing to leave the planet. Not as in exiling themselves, but as in leaving a ship that they believe will sink with no reasonable hope of salvage.

Remember: their personal sense of commitment is to protect (and manage/ control/ exploit) the human genome... not to take care of individuals, about which they care pretty much as a farmer cares for the fate of individual cows in a very large herd.

All that farmer wants is to stay in business. He doesn't feel compassion for any cows that suffer, are sick, or go to the slaughterhouse. That's not the game he's playing. His goal is completely different.

I happened to run into the information below today written by Gabriel Chiron who mentions that he is an Ultraterrestrial. His web site is linked below.

This is a no-nonsense Ultraterrestrial who says it just as he thinks it. This reading is very hard-hitting, but I suspect that what he describes as the real ET attitudes toward humans on terra Earth, is exactly what they really do think of us. And, in some respects, I can't help but agree.

Intergalactic Politics

This is an extremely interesting history of historical ET politics that have led up to our present day situation(s).

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_intergalacticpolitics.htm


Seriously, if the reader of this article below stems from an ego-base, you might want to read something else. This article is anything but complimentary to the human population. There are, however, many points that Chiron has raised that I cannot but agree with. This is hard-hitting.

Who and What Are the Extraterrestrial Cosmic Powers
by Gabriel Chiron

ETI attitudes toward humanity are not very flattering.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_extraterrcosmicpowers.htm



Gabriel Chiron's web site

Minotaur Labyrinth

http://www.absolutoracle.com/Minotaurlabyrinth/index.htm

Articles by Gabriel Chiron

http://www.absolutoracle.com/Minotaurlabyrinth/articles.htm

[Chuck]

In truth… we all know sh**. Thanks Bill for the header of the “hypothesis”. It at least, is an honest outlook. We are ALL in the dark trying to figure out the shadows on Plato’s wall.

… some in the dark however, are like a steer in a feedlot who is suspicious that his entire life, relatively uneventful and boring… interrupted with brief moments of terror and trauma… is controlled by some other force he can’t put his finger on…

I am relatively certain that huge amounts of capital have been spent on building underground facilities. These have been well reported by a wide spectrum of sources. I know that massive capital is not allocated until there is a high degree of certainty of a predictable outcome. Or at least certainty of a physical outcome. It suggests to me that the elite know that there is a very high chance that a catastrophic event is about to take place. How they know… I do not know. I speculate that they gain insights through occult practices, technology, rituals, etc. Which leads me to speculate that the sources that are guiding them are also of service to self oriented, but on a higher order… control of souls. The elite of the world get to save their bacon while their masters get to feed on our bacon.

So how to manage a catastrophic event that you have thousands of years to plan for? How to manage 5-7 billion souls all released at once from their expired bodies? Would you create world religions that hint to some rapture in the future? Would you create a belief system that suggests going to the light after a death a good thing? Would you create such turmoil, trauma, pain, conflict, stress, and adversity in life that any relief from that as being joy, freedom and love of God? Would you create more adversity and trauma just before such an event to increase your chances for false comfort?

Don’t know… but any admonition to follow your own heart is probably wise. Do you know what that is? Do you know who you are without emotion? Without beliefs? Without judgments? Without polarity? Try it… it won't hurt.



...after life long work, chuck figures out how to get past the light barrier (bug zapper)...


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lKvX9ctCz6c

[Wind]

12 D Shield Building Technique - Lisa Renee

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XhuLXYLhz-c

Thanks to everyone for their answers and thank you Snowbird for this meditation video, I did as instructed it and it really made me feel good. I'll try to do it as often as I can!

[David Trd1]

. Go on with our lives and do the best we can to love all as best we can and live in the now and appreciate those in our lives. I wish I had great words of wisdom to impart, but I don't .

But they are great words of wisdom :)

[lightseeker]

More time to ponder, since my last post . My gut feeling tells me that the info. I listened to from Dutch, may or may not be true. I don't think that even Dutch has all the answers. I think this is possibly another layer of smoke and mirrors to create more confusion/fear. I am sure that many of you,like myself have sensed that we on planet earth are reaching a critical mass,with so much happening all at once every where. I have no doubt that as an immortal spiritual being inhabiting a human body to experience what it is like to live in material existance is why we are all here. If I can speculate a little here, again I must go with my intuition, ( i could be wrong). But I think it is possible that we are all here to experience this little soap opera we call earth. Regardless of what happens and how many die or not is not important. What is important is our little game we are all playing called have a physical experience. (what a rush!!). Whether we so called die or not is not important. That is all part of the experience we came here for. After all we created the multi verse to have fun and experience, didn't we. So lets enjoy our cosmic disney land and stop taking everything with such a serious out look. Or maybe the serious out look is also something many of us want to experience. Buy playing the hero to some one elses villain. I love this game it is lots of fun. Bring it on and lets have more of it. Stop taking each other so seriously, enjoy the game.

[charlesgilbertwright]

post removed by cgw

[Fred Steeves]

Well, I don't see this timeline, disaster stuff as particularly scary at all. What I see makes me think of the old saying: "Oh what a tangled web we weave, when first we practice to deceive". I think these "people" are terrified and desperate, as they are running out of both time and options. The tide they have been riding, and mistaking in their hubris as a favorable one, has turned, as a result of their blatant disregard for Universal Law. Ain't karma a bitch?

What does the spider do, when it's own meticulously sewn webbing begins to get sticky for them? I rather see it as like a child that has found themselves running barefoot into the middle of a sandspur patch, before realizing with horror what they have done. Yes, they still have options of course, but which ever step they take, in what ever direction, is going to be painful.

I'm quite prepared to take my chances right here and now, with the hand that I've been dealt. The way things are going for these guys, wherever they think they are going to escape to, just might wind up being their tomb.

Let the four winds blow.

Cheers,
Fred

[andrewgreen]

A wise person learns from their mistakes, a foolish one would consider listening for a second time how the global elite plan to destroy earth when their is more constructive ways to spend your energy.

[andrewgreen]

Excellent response and one despite its length that everyone should read.

[jc71]

This may sound simplistic, and maybe it is, but in my view we all create our own reality and I personally am going to choose to focus only on my own reality and I am going to spend no time at all worrying about what anyone else, whether that be bankers, politicians, corporate bosses, ETs, reality stars, and so on are doing. No-one else can affect my reality positively or negatively more than I can for myself.

I wonder if anyone else in the thread agrees, or maybe you will worry for my naivety.

[RunningDeer]

I happened to run into the information below today written by Gabriel Chiron who mentions that he is an Ultraterrestrial. His web site is linked below.

This is a no-nonsense Ultraterrestrial who says it just as he thinks it. This reading is very hard-hitting, but I suspect that what he describes as the real ET attitudes toward humans on terra Earth, is exactly what they really do think of us. And, in some respects, I can't help but agree.

Intergalactic Politics

This is an extremely interesting history of historical ET politics that have led up to our present day situation(s).

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_intergalacticpolitics.htm

Seriously, if the reader of this article below stems from an ego-base, you might want to read something else. This article is anything but complimentary to the human population. There are, however, many points that Chiron has raised that I cannot but agree with. This is hard-hitting.

Who and What Are the Extraterrestrial Cosmic Powers
by Gabriel Chiron

ETI attitudes toward humanity are not very flattering.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_extraterrcosmicpowers.htm

Gabriel Chiron's web site

Minotaur Labyrinth

http://www.absolutoracle.com/Minotaurlabyrinth/index.htm

Articles by Gabriel Chiron

http://www.absolutoracle.com/Minotaurlabyrinth/articles.htm

Snowbird, thanks for these links. It’s created questions and stirred up feelings like:

How can we begin to interact on the Cosmic level is we haven’t figured out how here? It’s time to get down to the business of discovery of Truth of our innate potential and co-create.

“Who and What are the Extraterrestrial Cosmic Powers” (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_extraterrcosmicpowers.htm) I have to agree with a lot of this article, if/when we are painted with a broad strokes.


”...reject genuine Cosmic Knowledge due to pride, prejudice and inability to learn...”

I might be stating the obvious here, but if left alone, without all that is tampered with, controlled and manipulated, we’d get there. Really, have we ever had the chance to find the sweet spot of life and living?

After reading, “Intergalactic Politics” (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_intergalacticpolitics.htm) it makes me want to say, “That’s it. Everybody out. Leave this planet to Us. We’ll figure it out. Power mongers, you too. Out!” Meanwhile, upgrades in our innate abilities continue to develop. We work in unison with our Mother Earth to create a balance to the point that no thought need to come into play. Bounty is provided when and where it makes itself known through Mother Earth and all her Creations. Oh, wait... that sounds familiar...multi-D familiar. Let’s meet... You coming?


"Strengthen One Another" (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=En7OD3Wum24&feature=plcp)


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=En7OD3Wum24&feature=plcp

"Transmutation (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B2pQZQhR6OI&feature=plcp)"


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B2pQZQhR6OI&feature=plcp

[Maunagarjana]

Hey Bill,

Thanks for the thread.

Well, anything is possible, but I think we should clarify some points so we can move on with this discussion.

1- Who exactly is this so called "elite" who supposedly is planning to leave? Are they just humans or ETs?

If there are ETs secretly among this "elite", I don´t see a reason for them to move to the moon. We all know how hard it is to transform a place like the moon, even if it´s just a very small portion of it, into a healthy atmosphere, to have a balanced environment to cultivate plants and food. Also, if ETs are involved, I´m sure they have technology to move somewhere else, maybe a planet with earth like atmosphere.

2- Why move to somewhere else, if we still have untouched places here on Earth where they move to and start their own community?

Human made chaos isn´t enough to make they want to move to another planet. They could simply move to some untouched and desolate place here; it would be much easier and comfortable.

So, if they are really planning to move to the moon or somewhere else, it´s probably because they know a catastrophic event is about to happen, leaving them no other option. It´s the last single possible option.

3- Why, even in the case of a catastrophic event, this "elite" would want to move to another planet?

Is it simply because they are so afraid of death? I don´t think so; most of them are so old, that death will come to them sooner or later.

Besides, these folks are used to live in extreme luxury. Would they want to move to a very restrictive space colony, probably with no luxury at all, just to live a few more years?

If they are supposedly planning it to protect the human genome from extinction, of course they would need to take a lot of people with them, at least a few hundreds of selected men and women, and then spread them as groups in different colonies, so, in case something happens to one colony, the other may survive.

4- Here is the paradox. If they have the advanced technology to transform a moon colony into a comfortable, balanced, prosper and safe environment, why would they move to the moon in the first place?

The moon is very unprotected. It has hundreds of thousands of craters for a reason; it simply isn´t safe. It doesn´t have a proper atmosphere to protect it even from the smallest meteor showers, differently from Earth. It´s not a safe place to move to, much less safer than Earth itself.

If they have the tech to make a habitable and safe place on the moon, they would have the tech to move somewhere else, maybe another safe planet.

Besides, if they have this tech, why not simply build a very safe colony here on Earth in the first place? Maybe underwater, inside caves or somewhere else. It surely is much simpler to build such colony here, even facing a catastrophic event, than building it on the moon.

Well, these are just a few considerations.

This is an interesting hypothesis but before jumping on it, we need to answer a lot of questions.

Cheers,

Raf.

I think the idea is that they want to live in underground facilities within the moon, not on the surface. I suspect there are probably already some ETs living there, so maybe the elites have received an invite to relocate there to avoid any calamities down here. If so, they may not even have to build anything. Who knows, perhaps the lunar facilities are very old, built long ago by very technologically advanced beings, and if so, the accommodations might be much better than we imagine.

[RMorgan]

I think the idea is that they want to live in underground facilities within the moon, not on the surface. I suspect there are probably already some ETs living there, so maybe the elites have received an invite to relocate there to avoid any calamities down here. If so, they may not even have to build anything. Who knows, perhaps the lunar facilities are very old, built long ago by very technologically advanced beings, and if so, the accommodations might be much better than we might imagine.

Hey mate,

Why the moon? I mean, they could just live underground and safe here on Earth.

Earth has gone through many catastrophic disasters and always a lot of species managed to survive here.

With their tech, they could easily survive here. Think about logistics; it would be much simpler in every sense.

Personally, I need much more references to cross before jumping on this hypothesis...It´s still very vague.

How about these ETs? If these ETs, who supposedly may have underground bases on the moon are so bad that they would take the worse kind of humans to live with them, well, then we´ve already lost the battle.

Anyway, I don´t want to speculate about ETs here.

All I want is to answer this simple question: Why the moon?

This hypothesis doesn´t make much sense to me yet.

Bill, do you have something else to show us?

Cheers,

Raf.

[SEAM]

As an Anti-religious, but pro-spiritual human taking this all in.. Maybe Christ's greatest lesson was:
"Learn from my experience, How To Leave this Physical Plane, with Dignity, Compassion, and Peace"...

[Maunagarjana]

I think the idea is that they want to live in underground facilities within the moon, not on the surface. I suspect there are probably already some ETs living there, so maybe the elites have received an invite to relocate there to avoid any calamities down here. If so, they may not even have to build anything. Who knows, perhaps the lunar facilities are very old, built long ago by very technologically advanced beings, and if so, the accommodations might be much better than we might imagine.

Hey mate,

Why the moon? I mean, they could just live underground and safe here on Earth.

Earth has gone through many catastrophic disasters and always a lot of species managed to survive here.

With their tech, they could easily survive here. Think about logistics; it would be much simpler in every sense.

Personally, I need much more references to cross before jumping on this hypothesis...It´s still very vague.

How about these ETs? If these ETs, who supposedly may have underground bases on the moon are so bad that they would take the worse kind of humans to live with them, well, then we´ve already lost the battle.

Anyway, I don´t want to speculate about ETs here.

All I want is to answer this simple question: Why the moon?

This hypothesis doesn´t make much sense to me yet.

Bill, do you have something else to show us?

Cheers,

Raf.

I don't know why the moon. I agree that the logical move would be to take refuge in bases beneath the Earth. And isn't that what Dan Burisch's testimony would indicate? That they would stay underground on the Earth, then much later migrate to the moon? And yet, there have been rumors that some of the underground bases have been destroyed. Whether or not this is true, I don't know. Sorry Raf, all I've got are speculations.

[efields]

So to put this in perspective with all the hoopla of the elites being rounded up and jailed... just a spin for them going underground or off world? avoiding the kill shot?

lol... seeing them disappear would normally be a good thing... but in this new context... enjoy that glass of wine and take a good look around, it might be your last.

... anyway thanks Bill for a very good compilation of information.

Sounds like a negative Ego Fantasy. There has been a lot of that around here lately. Best to not be here too much.

[SEAM]

Here is a "Main Stream" Entertainer... been around the world a dozen times or more.. I'm always excited when I hear from one of these people.. because they have a "Captive Audience".. which far exceeds anything on the "Net"....and in the end it's just a numbers game..

From just last week:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x0SXmLHxG8E&feature=player_embedded#!

Source: http://www.dailypaul.com/242206/billy-corgan-of-smashing-pumpkins-interview?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed:%20dailypaul/FClq%20(The%20Daily%20Paul%20-%20Ron%20Paul%20for%20President%202012)

Great quote: "We're all dealing with different reckoning's.. The question is how do we react?"

[Hervé]

What I am trying to show here, along with crested-duck, as well as Houman and Vivek in their respective threads, is that there is a real war going on... a war for the control of human's minds/souls.

It isn't fought with conventional weapons, it is fought with "parties" where one is "honored" to be invited to and comes out drugged, personality-splitted and at the ready of a phone call to follow some post hypnotic order/command. There are many examples of those beside the "DC parties (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515033&viewfull=1#post515033);" an unfamous one in Banff/Jasper comes to mind where leading CEOs were invited and experimented on with LSD.

It is fought with "concerts" where kids (and "adults"), high on whatever, get the lyrics -- direct or reversed (the unconscious/subconscious mind is the best code-cracker one could invent) -- implanted in their mind along with the, mostly, satanic visuals....

This is fought with 3D means, in this physical world of ours, right under our nose.

To add to the difficulty, different groups exist, with different agendas, using these same means of "persuasions."

Now, to the mix, add those "space scouts" with their own different agendas and high-tech means of ... "persuasions." Wholy similar to the human 3D ones...

To give you an idea of the entangled ball of yarn one is dealing with here is what a psychic researcher came up with regarding his own field:


[...]

, most kids who exhibited a potential for psychic abilities were raked out of the population by CIA and MI6 (same, later, behind the then "Iron Curtain") to spy on theses organizations' perceived or imagined enemies... and word class chess players started to complain about paranormal interferences... All the while, these same abilities were ridiculed for the larger public consumption.

From someone who's been there, done that... Ingo Swann in his book "Penetration (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/ciencia_telepathy.htm)":


http://projectavalon.net/forum4/images/misc/quote_icon.png As I have discussed in other writings, I have always been interested in Psi phenomena, and beginning in 1970 it chanced that opportunities to extend that interest in depth were made available. Anyone with more than a mere superficial interest in Psi phenomena must of course encounter the rather smelly morass of social resistance whereby the authenticity of those phenomena are methodically deconstructed, thus suspending them in doubt.

This social resistance, even if smelly, has largely been successful in destroying all concerted approaches to Psi phenomena. This success is specifically active within high strata of societal power, and which strata are otherwise entirely disinterested in what lesser mortals DO experience along these lines. Why it is that governing societal factors need to deconstruct the provable existence of at least some vital Psi phenomena is therefore something that needs to be examined and understood.

Along these lines of inquiry, the existence and methods of the machinations against Psi development can easily be brought to light. But the reasons that govern the implementation of the machinations none the less remain obscured.

Thus, the societal resistance to Psi breaks neatly into two aspects:

· to prevent Psi development
· to keep obscure the actual reasons for doing so

One reason for the blanket suppression which has been offered up by many before me is that effective formats of Psi would disturb any number of social institutions. Those institutions would feel “threatened” by developed formats of, say, telepathy, which might thereafter be utilized to penetrate their secrets.

[...]

As it happened, however, the events described in Part One of this book occurred beginning in 1975. These are the events I can’t prove. None the less they made somewhat visible another possible aspect that might be factored into the odiferous suppression of Psi that was already familiar to me.

This aspect required that I introduce two unusual terms: Earth-side and Space-side.

These refer, of course, to Earth-side intelligence and Space-side intelligence. The central hypothesis of this book is that if developed Psi potentials would be an invasive threat to Earth-side intelligences, then developed Earth-side Psi would also be a threat to Space-side intelligences. After all, in that telepathy, for example, is invasively defined as reading minds, the distinction between reading Earth-side minds and Space-side minds would be very narrow.

The only real problem in considering this is whether or not Space-siders exist.

[...]

In accumulating this information package, it became possible for me to make the following and quite basic observation, an observation that is easy enough to substantiate.

Telepathy is the most forbidden element of Earth-side consciousness. Indeed, so forbidden that Science would rather accept reincarnation, the existence of the soul, and life after death - PROVIDED those situations DID NOT include any telepathic possibility.

[...]

The work (in developing remote viewing) was largely funded by the U.S. intelligence agencies. Because of this, many Washington types and many noted scientists visited SRI. Very many of them met only with my colleagues, and refused to meet little Moi, so much so that they would not even take lunch with me.

The reason: “[I]Jesús, he can read my mind! I can’t let him get anywhere near me.”

This quote is NOT paraphrased. One of the amusing aspects of this is that IF telepathy is what it is, then one not needs to be in the proximity of a telepath in order to have their mind penetrated. Another amusing aspect is that the funding agencies did sponsor the secret developmental work in remote viewing (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_visionremota.htm) - somewhat on the grounds that it penetrates things, not minds.

This is to say that remote viewing pertains to penetration of “physicals,” not to penetration of “mentals.” In any event, the principal reason why ALL formats of Psi research are marginalized, treated to energetic diminishment, or suppressed altogether is that those formats do include potentials too near the hated and unwanted telepathic faculties. So, the whole barn of psychic research must be burnt down as quickly as possible, making sure that the telepathic horses don’t escape.

There is one notable exception to this, and one utilized for creative cover-up purposes. This exception involves the discovery of approaches to telepathy most noted either for the fact that they DO NOT work, or because they serve to disorient and defeat approaches that MIGHT work. Thus, the concept that telepathy is a mind-to-mind thing involving a sender and a receiver has been given extraordinary publicity - and has in fact become the principal Earth-side cultural model for it.


Intellectual phase-locking into this non-productive model is so intense and so widespread that Earth-siders literally cannot think of telepathy in any other way. With the exception of some few experiments in the former Soviet Union, and in the Peoples Republic of China, the sender-receiver model has not yielded anything more than slightly above-chance results.

[Finefeather]

Greetings all,
I wonder if I could just throw the proverbial spanner in the works here and ask you, Bill, to clarify your concern with regard to the statements you make.
I just want to take your first statement, as it appears to me to be the crux of the concern, we can move to the others later if required:
"I genuinely don't yet know exactly what to make of this, but I'm compiling and carefully evaluating some evidence that seems to suggest that the global controllers may be preparing to leave the planet. Not as in exiling themselves, but as in leaving a ship that they believe will sink with no reasonable hope of salvage."
My questions to you would be:
1 What exactly is your concern about some group called 'the global controllers' leaving the planet?
2 Surely you must then be thinking/presuming that the absence of 'the global controller' will somehow have some negative effect on the rest of us?
3 and if so what is it that you believe will be absent from the 'rest of us' to prevent us to manage the planet?

The configuration of the current human DNA is actually complete, for at least the duration of the current 5th root-race, and does not prevent us, in any way, from reaching full heightened states of consciousness.
The thing that we need to keep in mind at all times is that many humans have over the last 2000 years achieved ascension with the current DNA. You can see here just a few who have: http://www.ascension-research.org/masters-angels.html

So what I am saying is that it appears to me of no great significance or consequence if the persons you refer to as 'the global controllers' leave the planet.
There is in fact a far more illumined group of entities, on the etheric plane, that are guiding us, than those that are considered by you as controlling us here on the earth.
We are only able to be controlled whilst we are still on the downward path into matter, the moment we start on the upward path the soul begins to connect more strongly and natural enlightenment starts happening faster. Of course this is still a slow process if you do not seek enlightenment by using awakening techniques.

[deridan]

Question....

are we to understand that this present human race (or sacrificed part) progen[y/]ates 3 alen species
(j-rods..., orions, nordics)..........
...what reason would this group have to reach back, (Burisch stated that j-rods required either biological expertise or material ...for there own disincarnating physical vehicles,)..
..and the nordic and orions, are these the group signifiers of those we commonly attribute them too (in alien paranormal literature?)..._ and really what reason would they have to reach back.

{i thought there was a "reaching back" from a greater arch, that is from a faction of aliens who could be termed good, who saw 'our failure on this planet', as a reason for a turning tide then ,[if as such, they would have reached back thru there own timelines which might be lesser corrupted than ours]}

[Operator]

Why the moon? I mean, they could just live underground and safe here on Earth.


Without going into further details of the whole discussion ...

The moon has no oceans sloshing around in an unpredictable way. Underground bases could become undersea bases etc.
(Maybe that's why they're inter-connected so much)

Since the US navy seem to have interesting new coastal maps ...

http://beforeitsnews.com/ckfinder/userfiles/0000000000007384/images/World%20Futire%20Map%20matrix%20inst.jpg

and remote viewers see coastal events happening before June 2013

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46708-GLOBAL-COASTAL-EVENT-Courtney-Brown-Farsight-Project-2013-Timeline-Prediction

And lots of other facts (US government moving department buildings inland) are making it worthwhile to think about a safe place not too
far from earth so you can return after things settle down.

[Bill Ryan]

I think the idea is that they want to live in underground facilities within the moon, not on the surface. I suspect there are probably already some ETs living there, so maybe the elites have received an invite to relocate there to avoid any calamities down here. If so, they may not even have to build anything. Who knows, perhaps the lunar facilities are very old, built long ago by very technologically advanced beings, and if so, the accommodations might be much better than we might imagine.

Hey mate,

Why the moon? I mean, they could just live underground and safe here on Earth.

Earth has gone through many catastrophic disasters and always a lot of species managed to survive here.

With their tech, they could easily survive here. Think about logistics; it would be much simpler in every sense.

Personally, I need much more references to cross before jumping on this hypothesis...It´s still very vague.

How about these ETs? If these ETs, who supposedly may have underground bases on the moon are so bad that they would take the worse kind of humans to live with them, well, then we´ve already lost the battle.

Anyway, I don´t want to speculate about ETs here.

All I want is to answer this simple question: Why the moon?

This hypothesis doesn´t make much sense to me yet..

The only response I can give to this is that Dan Burisch (and Kerry and I got to know him pretty well -- he was not crazy) explained over and again that in the future humans' history, there was a kind of split in the human race:

-- half stayed underground on Earth, to ride out the catastrophe that occurred;
-- and the other half left the planet: first to the Moon, then Mars, then to eventually re-settle way off in the direction of Orion.

The group that ended up in Orion evolved to become a highly advanced, spiritual, race -- "wonderful people", to use Dan's own words. He'd only encountered them a couple of times.

The group that stayed on the planet before they eventually left suffered damage to their genome, and one of the reasons why they returned in time to our era was to try to repair the damage from the still-healthy DNA stock which we all carry.

The Orion group, in the meanwhile, returned in time to try to avert the catastrophe -- by persuading the military scientists that they had to decommission all the Looking Glass devices and Stargates, which had caused the problem by inadvertently creating space-time effects that had magnified the influence on the Earth from a certain kind of energy that the solar system would soon be passing through.

This, according to Dan (relaying what he had learned from (a) his ET contact Chi'e'lah, directly, and (b) from Majestic physicists), was what had caused the pole shift. Dan is confident that this has been done, and the catastrophe has been averted.

[Operator]

This, according to Dan (relaying what he had learned from (a) his ET contact Chi'e'lah, directly, and (b) from Majestic physicists), was what had caused the pole shift. Dan is confident that this has been done, and the catastrophe has been averted.

Hi Bill,

I am a bit confused now ... on one hand we have input that the catastrophe has been averted but on the other hand you seem to expect that:

a. there is still a good reason for the elite to leave
b. that is going to be a big problem (catastrophe?)

Can you elaborate a bit more on this ? Thanks ...

[Wind]

Time is not linear so it can be influenced and altered, there are many timelines and I think the multiverse theory might actually be true. However, there are nexus points which are pretermined and this 2012 thing is probably the biggest one ever to happen. Of course that is just a theory... Even Dolores Cannon talked about the elite doing the time travelling, but I understand that she was threatened by them? At least that's what she said in the PC interview.

However she, like many others saw a great future for humanity.

[gripreaper]

The Orion group, in the meanwhile, returned in time to try to avert the catastrophe -- by persuading the military scientists that they had to decommission all the Looking Glass devices and Stargates, which had caused the problem by inadvertently creating space-time effects that had magnified the influence on the Earth from a certain kind of energy that the solar system would soon be passing through.

This has always been my contention, that something happened to the space/time continuum back in the 30's or 40' which caused a huge shift in the energies and how they interacted with this planet. My impulse is to point the finger at Montauk, blowing a hole in the protective shield, ripping the space/time continuum, summarily getting the attention of quite a few extraterrestrial races, who quickly came to this quadrant of the cosmos to find out what the primitive children on earth were up to which affected them.

There has been a frantic attempt to reverse this outrageous breach for the last 70 years or so and it appears that the long term adverse effects have been avoided, although the elite are still acting like there is an event of a catastrophic nature which needs to be addressed.

I know that most of this information is extremely classified, so it is difficult to put together a picture which has the elements of full disclosure and truth to it, so I don't quite know how to create a full context to this hypothesis.

I'm very interested in what can be pieced together into a viable context and what can be understood about it.

[Bill Ryan]

This, according to Dan (relaying what he had learned from (a) his ET contact Chi'e'lah, directly, and (b) from Majestic physicists), was what had caused the pole shift. Dan is confident that this has been done, and the catastrophe has been averted.

Hi Bill,

I am a bit confused now ... on one hand we have input that the catastrophe has been averted but on the other hand you seem to expect that:

a. there is still a good reason for the elite to leave
b. that is going to be a big problem (catastrophe?)

Can you elaborate a bit more on this ? Thanks ...

Great question. The information cited in my opening post was all stale-dated -- to some extent.


'Victor' made his final statement in 2008;
'Dutch' was only in the loop many years ago (he was only in the program for a year);
Henry Deacon, who spoke to us throughout 2006-08, was no longer in the loop after 2005-06;
George Green's information from the Governor of Colorado dated back to the 1970s (I checked this with him a couple of days ago);
'Charles' was relaying bits of information about the plans of the elite that he'd heard in snippets over a period of many years.


Dan Burisch (who we spoke to at length, on and off record, throughout 2006-08), was in the loop, and always said that evaluated Looking Glass data had concluded that there remained a 19% probability of the worse case scenario occurring, with 85% confidence that that 19% figure was correct. To understand all this in its full complexity, read http://projectcamelot.org/big_picture.html.

As I remarked to Dan several times, that was still comparable to playing Russian Roulette with Planet Earth with 1 out of 5 chambers loaded. Good odds -- but not the best possible. :)

[SKAWF]

so bill,

how much do you think, is a fear that things have gone beyond breaking point,
and how much has been a deliberate attempt to destroy earth?.

i ask because what with fracking, haarp, earthquakes and all the rest of it...
i wonder if some of that has been done to weaken the structure of the planet...

maybe if they wanted to blow it up,
they would need to soften it a bit first.

i dont like the thought...
but the idea that the planet has already been destroyed,
and that we are waiting for the effect to catch up with the cause
doesnt seem so outlandish to me.

cheers

[Chester]

Excellent response and one despite its length that everyone should read.

which one? #120? (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515109&viewfull=1#post515109) That one was a life changer for me...

EDIT: Post #85 was also important to me and every post made by Amzer Zo (and those he mentioned) are important posts for me - and of course, Bill's posts.

This thread has really shaken me up to be honest and so there are dozens more great, thought provoking posts. Some one mentioned something about "best not to be around here" but I see being here an opportunity to perhaps change the possibly horrific course directed by others against my will and the will of most others.

[ThePythonicCow]

Excellent response and one despite its length that everyone should read.

which one? #120? That one was a life changer for me...

If you click the Parent Post (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515021&viewfull=1#post515021) link in andrewgreen's post (right side, near bottom of the text of each post), you can see that he was responding to Ishtar's Post #111 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515021&viewfull=1#post515021).

[Bill Ryan]

so bill,

how much do you think, is a fear that things have gone beyond breaking point,
and how much has been a deliberate attempt to destroy earth?.



I genuinely don't know.

[Chester]

I think the idea is that they want to live in underground facilities within the moon, not on the surface. I suspect there are probably already some ETs living there, so maybe the elites have received an invite to relocate there to avoid any calamities down here. If so, they may not even have to build anything. Who knows, perhaps the lunar facilities are very old, built long ago by very technologically advanced beings, and if so, the accommodations might be much better than we might imagine.

Hey mate,

Why the moon? I mean, they could just live underground and safe here on Earth.

Earth has gone through many catastrophic disasters and always a lot of species managed to survive here.

With their tech, they could easily survive here. Think about logistics; it would be much simpler in every sense.

Personally, I need much more references to cross before jumping on this hypothesis...It´s still very vague.

How about these ETs? If these ETs, who supposedly may have underground bases on the moon are so bad that they would take the worse kind of humans to live with them, well, then we´ve already lost the battle.

Anyway, I don´t want to speculate about ETs here.

All I want is to answer this simple question: Why the moon?

This hypothesis doesn´t make much sense to me yet.

Bill, do you have something else to show us?

Cheers,

Raf.

I am not so sure I feel comfortable scenario playing... woke up today feeling to do so feeds the monster, but if I put myself in their shoes, I can see owning and managing the technology that allows "the inner group" to locate off planet and that I also need an on planet support group, so I will create the opportunity for "loyalists" to have passes to these underground facilities, just like insiders were told it is not a good idea to go the the world trade center today (9/11) - the support crew would be given these same privileges so they can also be safe when that SHTF - or at least they may think they are safe. Again, the support crew is needed and of course, "We don't have enough ships and time" to take us all to the moon, so here is your refuges (the underground bases).

This serves another purpose as well... these organizations are hierarchical and so there's the "inside insiders" and they have a ring around them that are "in - betweeners..." - the technology experts that build the ships (and perhaps have been building the moon bases on the dark side or inside the moon (note - they may be using old underground facilities created by earlier civilizations but likely require refurbishing)).

These in-betweeners may have family, etc they want to protect and these are the folks who get the tickets to the underground bases. This is sorta like a hostage situation but can explain how we can have two separate civilizations... "knowers" and then the rest of "us."

Again, though... the inside insiders may have an additional escape plan that gets them to their allies' base on one of Saturn's moons and this the few that would be able to escape to this other location may also possess the triggering mechanism to devices that could destroy Earth (and which would most surely also destroy the Moon).

That's how I see the possibility when I try and put on the thinking cap of an elite psychopathic individual that may have some ideas as to how things like this can be pulled off.

All this is very sad for me and this exercise has put me at the edge I may have to move on from spending time considering these things and why? a.) Because I can't do anything about it. b.) I just regenerate fear and fear is what feeds the very monster behind this sorta garbage and c.) I fear mostly for my loved ones and then just behind that, the rest of us... and I have to admit I fear more for my family that I know and love (and that includes my friends I know and love) than I do for others I do not know... I say that in honesty based on the question "what if I was offered a ticket to safety." which my answer would be - take my sons, my wife and step daughter and I will stay on the surface and see how I can help. But I would not be able to demand "all live or screw you, you jerks" as I used to boast.

Post #120 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515109&viewfull=1#post515109) was powerful... I read the first two links contemplatively and especially that second link... bammo - hit right home. The mirror is still hard for me to look in.

justoneman

EDIT: within minutes of writing the above post, I received a call out of the blue from a man who identified himself as "Fearn (last name unimportant) - this is a real man and not some joke - my point is that I have never even heard of a name like that and I rarely ever put the word "fear" in any of my posts (did so 4 times) and yet just did when writing this post - strange how this sychronicity stuff works. I have moved out of my temporary fear state.

[Hervé]

[...]

The only response I can give to this is that Dan Burisch (and Kerry and I got to know him pretty well -- he was not crazy) explained over and again that in the future humans' history, there was a kind of split in the human race:

-- half stayed underground on Earth, to ride out the catastrophe that occurred;
-- and the other half left the planet: first to the Moon, then Mars, then to eventually re-settle way off in the direction of Orion.

The group that ended up in Orion evolved to become a highly advanced, spiritual, race -- "wonderful people", to use Dan's own words. He'd only encountered them a couple of times.

The group that stayed on the planet before they eventually left suffered damage to their genome, and one of the reasons why they returned in time to our era was to try to repair the damage from the still-healthy DNA stock which we all carry.

The Orion group, in the meanwhile, returned in time to try to avert the catastrophe -- by persuading the military scientists that they had to decommission all the Looking Glass devices and Stargates, which had caused the problem by inadvertently creating space-time effects that had magnified the influence on the Earth from a certain kind of energy that the solar system would soon be passing through.

This, according to Dan (relaying what he had learned from (a) his ET contact Chi'e'lah, directly, and (b) from Majestic physicists), was what had caused the pole shift. Dan is confident that this has been done, and the catastrophe has been averted.

Bill, a big THANK YOU to you!

Something finally clicked with respect to these so-called "time-lines" and "time-travelers."

I couldn't make any heads nor tails with those until rereading that post of yours together with your next one.

In order to be able to follow my meanderings, one would have to be familiar with Steve Richards' materials and how he manages to perform his healing technique and why that technique works (Steve's website: http://www.holographickinetics.net/default.html).

The fundamental premise from which Steve builds on is: everything is alive, from mineral to vegetal to animal to thoughts to groups' thought forms to species thought forms to planet thought forms, etc...

Any of the above, being alive, can therefore receive "trauma" which in turns will seek "healing." The way, for example, a thought generated in a time of trauma and perpetuating itself ad infinitum down its own line of life, will seek healing through continual re-enactments of the traumatic incident which generated its birth.

here is how Steve expresses it:



Just like the Fibonacci sequence above, the spirit externalizes by bringing through action that has never been dealt with from the past hologram of time and as we now internalize and react in the present to that action, that integration of the past action, plus the present reaction, sets up the cycles of similarity from that moment on, into the future hologram of time.

We now have the repeat offenders, and others, stuck in that repeat cycle of similarity from the past, not knowing why, as that created dimension of reality is alive and seeks survival, as its creation is all that it knows, until it starts to grow and learn, just as a baby grows and learns by their reactors, it is now becoming intelligent, as it gains knowledge and understanding and keeps setting you up to feed itself, which becomes the same frequency that created it, in the first place, eventually this created force takes on form and becomes conscious of its own consciousness and becomes the birth of a new internal dimension of reality known as an internal entity.

Now this internally created entity, keeps the cycles going and eventually as you keep feeding it, by the repeat cycles of time, it can start to take over and at times come forward into the creation of what is known as multiple personalities.

Man must in the present go back to the past and change that created dimension of reality at its juncture, in the past, once time enfolds upon itself, it creates 360 degrees representing completion and time will then loop itself and put you outside that dimension of time, only then will this stop the cycles of similarity from continuing into the future.

Not only within the internal created realities of the mind does time loop itself, but we are discovering time loops in the physical world of reality taking place. The ancestors of the past could step out of time and come back in through another dimension of time.

I have found that there are wormholes still active, especially to dimensions of the past genocide, our team have activated those wormholes brought the spirits through a surrogate on the table enfolded space time upon their past trauma, changed the past from ever occurring in the future cycles of time and released the spirits that were stuck earth bound in that trauma. Preventing that from ever occurring in the future cycles of time.

[...]


Time Loops

[...]

I realize that every thing is in its own dimension of time, from the moment of its creation as a thought, that dimension can be for a second, an hour, a year, one hundred years, one thousand years or more, It is only a dimension and is relative to its creation, It will set up cycles of similarity creating the repeat patterns in life until that created dimension has enfolded upon itself and only then do we have 360 Degrees representing completion.

When a client and their spirit integrates and acknowledges the cause of any created reality time instantly loops itself and that dimension no longer has an effect on that client from that moment on. I have found that all created realities are linked to their own dimension of time and once that created reality is acknowledged, time loops itself and that dimension is complete. Just as we change a dimension of time of a creation in the mind of a being, this can then also transmute into the external physical world of reality, for it is only another dimension.

We are now aware of accessing wormholes to dimensions of the genocide of the past, and changing in the present the past which in turn changes the cause and all trauma from ever re-occurring within the cycles of the future.

We have discovered that all around us, there are dimensions and all created dimensions have a life form linked to its creation, once that dimensions is created and you enter that dimension you are subject to the laws of that dimension, we are now looking at Black spots on the road as a dimension, this explains why people die in the same spot as they enter that dimension, which is a reality.

Holographic kinetics has the ability to access the life form known as the nucleus or spirit of any created dimension, once accessed that dimension can be changed for the future.


At a planet-wide scale, Steve represents the "Time-traveler From the Future" preventing the past from repeating itself into a projected future... all of it in the here and now!

Steve calls "reactors" the event which triggers these time loops to override current actual realities and I have been wondering for a long while what kind of "reactors"/triggers would plunge an entire planet into the state we are witnessing as taking place on Earth right now?

Then I recalled my long boxing-with-shadows fight with the "Elenine-rs" in that monstrous-size thread where no amount of objective, hard empirical data would deter anyone convinced of an imminent catastrophe from taking a different view point... : SPACE!

The main "reactor"/trigger is SPACE. More accurately, the similar position of our solar system with respect to other similar celestial bodies in space such as above or below galactic equator, galactic center, constellations, etc... to that other time when a real, huge catastrophe did occur in our solar system creating the trauma planet wide, and therefore starting the cycle of re-enactments seeking healing... in other words, triggering/starting the time loop that will keep looping ad infinitum and keep recreating an overriding reality of catastrophes for the ones stuck in that time loop, that is, Earth and all her dwellers of the time, reptilians and others included.

Whence these so-called "Time Lines!"

In turn, the above gave me a clue to another reason as to why skull-dwelling zombies are truly that; skull-dwelling zombies: They are stuck in that time loop and utterly convinced of the imminent end of the world... so why bother anyway? Hence the need for time-travellers... "us" in the future, to "come back" to that time of inception of the trauma to "undo" it and "wake up" the ones stuck in that "time-line/loop" so that humanity can finally get out of that "loop."

From there, my take is that, for some reasons, the "looking glass" contraption was making things worse in terms of adding to the triggers rather than eliminating them...

Hope this helps some of you make sense of this puzzle of the "Big Picture?"

In any case, just pitching in a few more of my cents.

[Tony]

The ultimate Hypothesis can only get more and more complex, or find the simplest solution!

Tony

[gripreaper]

Post #120 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515109&viewfull=1#post515109) was powerful... I read the first two links contemplatively and especially that second link... bammo - hit right home. The mirror is still hard for me to look in.

justoneman

I also took the time to read post 120 synopsis of the seeding of planet earth and the experiment, and the potential outcome. My "take away" is that neither the Andromedian' or the Milky Way councils, although they don't agree, do not want to destroy the experiment, but salvage the best of it based on their own needs and desires.

As far as the faction known as the elite wanting to leave the planet, they either have some information in regards to the most recent agreement between these two galactic factions, which would be catastrophic, such as terminating the experiment, or they are just errant rogue psychopaths without a clue as to what is really going on, or they screwed up the energetic balance so badly that the verdict has come down that the experiment is irrevocably fatal.

My sense is that the ultimate outcome is life affirming, as i don't see the Andromedian's or the Milky Way galaxies hybridizing influences on the indigenous species here on earth as the final say. The cosmos is far larger and more diverse than just these two galaxies. The one caveat is the ability for this hybrid species to choose to either embrace the technology which took down Atlantis, or embrace the inner technology of firing the Kundalini.

The Kundalini firing is the "canary in the coal mine", the greatest secret, and the biggest fear. This would render the Andromedian's technological goals obsolete.

[gripreaper]

Hence the need for time-travellers... "us" in the future, to "come back" to that time of inception of the trauma to "undo" it and "wake up" the ones stuck in that "time-line/loop" so that humanity can finally get out of that "loop."

Hope this helps some of you make sense of this puzzle of the "Big Picture?"

This is an extremely salient point. The trauma of the almost utter and complete destruction of this planet, the destruction of Atlantis, the Nuclear Holocaust, and the Deluge are DEEP DNA CELLULAR RACE MEMORIES which we have not healed as a species, and we inadvertently continue to filter all of our experience through this loop, actually recreating the "scene" in order to change the outcome.

We are our own worst enemy at times. Once we recognize that this is "just a memory" and DOES NOT NEED to be our reality this time, we can create the outcome of full conscious return to source with joy.

Suffice it to say, it only takes a remnant to create enough vibration to turn the tide. The others will come along.

Thanks Amber Zo for being so engaged and erudite on the big picture, not just on this thread, but the entire forum.

[Chester]

Excellent response and one despite its length that everyone should read.

which one? #120? That one was a life changer for me...

If you click the Parent Post (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515021&viewfull=1#post515021) link in andrewgreen's post (right side, near bottom of the text of each post), you can see that he was responding to Ishtar's Post #111 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515021&viewfull=1#post515021).

Thanks Paul, I should have not listed any posts because there have been several others - including Ishtars...
But I did get confused at the very end so I'll put this out there so that she might "unconfuse me" if that is possible (this has been a tough thread for me)...

and I just reread it again and somehow untwisted my own confusion...

Post #111 - great post

[Fred Steeves]

These in-betweeners may have family, etc they want to protect and these are the folks who get the tickets to the underground bases. This is sorta like a hostage situation but can explain how we can have two separate civilizations... "knowers" and then the rest of "us."


Hi justoneman, it appears to me that "they" have cut themselves off from Source, and therefore from their true "Knowing". This also cuts them off from the creative abilities they once had, so the best they can do is manipulation of already existing things, and cheap imitations. This they "know", but they no longer "Know".

The awakening awareness in this realm has a direct connection leading right back to Source, meaning also awakening to it's long dormant Creative abilities. This I like to call infinite possibility. The upper echelons of TPTB should have of course already realized that the horses have left the barn concerning this, and perhaps some now do, but arrogance + delusion is a painfully powerful combination.

So here we have limited possibility, trying in vain to keep the bulging lid on top of infinite possibility, now desiring to up and stretch her legs. Good lock with THAT one.(LOL) In my humble opinion, worrying about the plans of lost and desperate beings is unproductive, as our long awaited freedom lies in re-discovering our True Selves, by exploring within.

Lots of us have already experienced the other side of this equation, and know where it leads. It's a very dark road, and it ain't pretty...

Keep your collective chins up, All Is Well.

Anyway, that's my afternoon meanderings. :)

Cheers Everybody,
Fred

[gripreaper]

These in-betweeners may have family, etc they want to protect and these are the folks who get the tickets to the underground bases. This is sorta like a hostage situation but can explain how we can have two separate civilizations... "knowers" and then the rest of "us."



Hi justoneman, it appears to me that "they" have cut themselves off from Source, and therefore from their true "Knowing". This also cuts them off from the creative abilities they once had, so the best they can do is manipulation of already existing things, and cheap imitations. This they "know", but they no longer "Know".

The awakening awareness in this realm has a direct connection leading right back to Source, meaning also awakening to it's long dormant Creative abilities. This I like to call infinite possibility. The upper echelons of TPTB should have of course already realized that the horses have left the barn concerning this, and perhaps some now do, but arrogance + delusion is a painfully powerful combination.

So here we have limited possibility, trying in vain to keep the bulging lid on top of infinite possibility, now desiring to up and stretch her legs. Good lock with THAT one.(LOL) In my humble opinion, worrying about the plans of lost and desperate beings is unproductive, as our long awaited freedom lies in re-discovering our True Selves, by exploring within.

Lots of us have already experienced the other side of this equation, and know where it leads. It's a very dark road, and it ain't pretty...

Keep your collective chins up, All Is Well.

Anyway, that's my afternoon meanderings. :)

Cheers Everybody,
Fred

This is a good time to take an intermission from the depth of this thread, and look at human nature, a hybrid from all starsytems, and think: It's beautiful!!!

From the mouth of babes:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=foUrBztgzZA

[deridan]

so you an orion (or a colonist), and you have looped to a time (2012 in our human equation), when your civilization was not around yet (*),
and persuade the then human government not to inadvertently enter the disaster (having looking glass on while in a certain galatic region) which formed you civilization.,...
so the event never occurs, and somehow you too will never exist
...that is a back to the future type way of laws on when not to meddle with a thing.

okay, so the time-line 2 disaster [with looking glass on and a pole shift thru energies channeled] is averted,
how does one know that an event would occur to create your civilization.

know the j-rods would have pushed for pleasant non-events as we have experienced, especially if they only got in a certain time (i.e. in some capacities from roswell onward),
and knew they needed more time for there agendas {assimilation of materials}

so that might be why the controllers don't care exactly about when the toilet gets flushed, except that they have the very warm support of both the orion colonists and j-rods, cause this is ultimately the event that sets them off (the path one takes is as much involved in the end identity of a thing).

it is, reporting wise, and informationalwise very interesting how a surface group would get off,
perhaps something is very corrupt in the spirits of the j-rods {below safer, but the decision to stay apparently not}(but 'corrupt', how to quantify when there are apparently individuals with asmuch 'familial warmth' as us)

ain't the first group to the moon in for a shock, (that is if one believes the Apollo 13 movie, with tons of critters on the moon, and these probably of the archon type, which thrives in barren space areas)


*-this is not the object of question, apparently if we are to believe innuendo of universal laws (D. Cannon, we love quoting her these days don't we), looping to prior times are easy if present times mirror the 'spirit of things tackled'.
if a excellent scenario can be foreseen, it is that the very benevolent orions know they don't nneed the event, but are welcome to the idea of having another advanced benevolent specie from the same fold (earth) but with different communial values,...i.e. us if we make it, that is if we seemlessly all advance to the space age [without grudge to a brother who left us to die, {not a brother then}]

[lyubomir]

In the last few years I think that this kind of Human race is used by someone to achieve something that only we can do.

If someone goes to live outside of Earth he needs resources to keep him alive, as we know the magnetic field of Eartn keep our mind focused, It's true that there are technologies that can create something similar but it's not real.

The energy is another thing space travelers need - As we know all free energy sources are collected pretty good from someone maybe from the same team... so it's possible.

The Life on planet depends on our Moon because it keeps the perfect state and rotation. Now when I am writing this there are so many thoughts in my mind.

This information is very interesting because it opens our eyes in other possibility that creates other questions and so at this moment we can only use on the smartest possible way.

If someone go outside of Earth he or she should come back later ... but what they expect to see after that

This is someone more the Big... I will continue think and search for information and solutions

[Hervé]

An acknowledgment to Bill from Annalie/Artemesiaspeak:



Posted July 2, 2012 by artemesiaspeaks (http://artemesiaspeaks.wordpress.com/author/artemesiaspeaks/) in Healing from Mind Control (http://artemesiaspeaks.wordpress.com/category/healing-from-mind-control/), Political Activism (http://artemesiaspeaks.wordpress.com/category/political-activism/)
Bill Ryan Calls it on the Dot with the Eugenics/Genetics Scientists Attitude Towards Human Life (http://artemesiaspeaks.wordpress.com/2012/07/01/bill-ryan-calls-it-on-the-dot-with-the-eugenicsgenetics-scientists-attitude-towards-human-life/)


http://artemesiaspeaks.files.wordpress.com/2012/07/human-dna.jpg?w=138&h=150 (http://artemesiaspeaks.files.wordpress.com/2012/07/human-dna.jpg)

Hi friends. there has been a lot of controversy with the Project Avalon crowd, I know, but through all this Bill Ryan has dealt with some difficult things which I doubt will ever reach public awareness, a massive onslaught to destroy him and his work, and other things. Despite this, in the form of a true warrior getting back on his horse, he is starting to speak up again after a long long storm and absence, and he just recently posted this to his forum:

From: http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis)

“[...]

Remember: their personal sense of commitment is to protect (and manage/ control/ exploit) the human genome… not to take care of individuals, about which they care pretty much as a farmer cares for the fate of individual cows in a very large herd.

All that farmer wants is to stay in business. He doesn’t feel compassion for any cows that suffer, are sick, or go to the slaughterhouse. That’s not the game he’s playing. His goal is completely different.

This scenario is not as ridiculous or as impossible as it sounds. I have half a dozen data points, each of which should be taken seriously, that might suggest this, and they all fit together. I’ll say no more about this right now, because it’s downright scary. I want to prepare some kind of presentation and then submit it for scrutiny and analysis… we’re all in this together, folks.”

I was very impressed by this statement of Ryan’s because he calls it spot-on with how these people regard life. My mother was using cell lines from aborted fetuses obtained from the Queen Mother’s Hospital in London, England at the age of 26. They would keep these cells alive, though the baby was dead, and do experiments on them to expand their own ‘knowledge base’.


http://artemesiaspeaks.files.wordpress.com/2012/07/timthumb.jpg?w=148&h=150 (http://artemesiaspeaks.files.wordpress.com/2012/07/timthumb.jpg)

If you listen to what Steve Richards’ has to say, your cells are a hologram of YOU, and your SPIRIT, so all it takes is one cell, subjected to torture and misuse and manipulation, to potentially traumatize the spirit of a being. And these people will do anything to justify their experiments and what they do to another being. In my experience, most all of these scientists in the genetics/eugenics field are across the board possessed and controlled by other dimensional forces and entities, and its these forces that will justify their existence out of the scientists and the aberrant behaviors they perform supposedly in the ‘spirit of scientific inquiry’. The biggest trick they have pulled on the human race is to somehow convince the public that they are doing all this for ‘the good and health of the masses,’ or to ‘improve the human condition’, and thus these DEEPLY dark and deceptive RITUAL TORTURES perpetuated against individual people continues. With every drop of blood, tissue sample and cell taken from a human and manipulated or experimented upon , the human spirit of that individual is traumatized, these forces gain entry and control of the DNA, and the person, living or dead, suffers. This enslavement spans across dimensions of existence, can span across lifetimes (as it did in my case), and is absolutely a VIOLATION OF LORE in every possible way imaginable.

If you want to know more about how they monetize this, patent someone else’s DNA and market it , replicate it, and abuse it endlessly, I recommend you look into the book/story of Henrietta Lacks.

The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks

http://bks5.books.google.com/books?id=xhjBygAACAAJ&printsec=frontcover&img=1&zoom=1&imgtk=AFLRE70FAxblHM42MXN9DoVVos2_yNuB2k1AvmF7ADxfxwIU0Tw_DOvhe3qiHve-_XTX88N-CIK5EnAVhSRAd0FIcE8wMhU_3THfGHvWiwLllw7f0x12N6-hvG9Ow5K8URUciSNUlE49


Full article: http://artemesiaspeaks.wordpress.com/

[Dennis Leahy]

Thanks, Bill, for the thought-provoking thread.

As others mentioned, an immense amount of work has been done on Earth to control, not kill, but control the cattle (us.) My gut would take the snippets of info and conclude that if the muckity-mucks are leaving this blue gem planet for that hunk of green cheese in the sky, it is a temporary move. What a crappy trade-off it would be to live on/in some moon base compared to walking around on Earth.

If the elites had not spent so much time and money setting up the control mechanisms here, I would be a bit nervous of a man-made macro-holocaust event: the "big kill", for which the elite might masturbate to the video tapes, but would not want to smell the stench of decomposing corpses - and a temporary vacation would keep their snoots from dealing with the stench. But, they did spend it, which feels more like a planet they plan to come back to and rule again than one they are giving up on.

It would make more sense that the "Event" is not under their control (such as extinction-level CME energy blasts), something they "know" is coming but they cannot guarantee that they themselves can duck and cover in time (here), and so feel safer waiting it out elsewhere. They prefer to leave a second-tier force behind, with subterranean bases, to hold down the fort while they sip distilled water and eat canned caviar on Luna.

So, a 5-year to maybe 20-year vacation on the moon (making all of them no longer "Earthlings" but rather "Lunatics") while their minions here buried/burned the corpses and further cleaned up the place, makes more sense than any permanent move.

Gee, a good cover story for those of us in the uninformed masses left behind would be that they were "arrested" and "removed" by good ET forces. Unfortunately, (if this is their plan), the next chapter of their dominion over Earthlings would begin with their return - and their own "Heeeeere's Johnny!" moment.

A subversive force of subterranean good guys could disable the evacuation ships, forcing them to hang out with the cockroaches during the Event. {hint, hint} Or, conversely, if the ships could be made inoperable once landing on Luna, they could live out the karma they so richly deserve.

Dennis

[Sarlic]

ok, for some reason, i'm going to say something that perhaps i ordinarily wouldnt.

i can keep up the effort.....
i can maintain the focus....

but the truth is, i'm sick of this world.


thats part of the reason why i keep myself isolated from as much of it as i can.

if anyone tried to directly harm me, i would fight back (if i was able)

i'm not suicidal, but nor do i care about death.
i'm at the stage where i think.....

ok, if your going to do it, then f***ing do it.

everything is dirty. corrupted.
it makes me feel sick to open my eye's sometimes.
if this is life..... i dont much care for it.

i just want it sorted one way or the other.

no matter about all the other stuff i write
these thoughts are always there.
i dont dwell on them too much
nor do i hide from them.

in the mean time.....

one foot in front of the other.......

and so it goes on and on and on......

sorry if that was inappropriate.

Thats a good post Skawf and perfectly sums up what most if not all of us feel at some stage.
But the one thing the elite or cowards as i like to call them inflict on the mass's to keep them in check is "Fear"
Fear of loseing their jobs, homes,Familys,war,Health,Life, the list goes on mate i know your wise to all their tactics but just wanted to remind you.

Its people like you that keep the fight in me going i was told many times from a very early age "stop fighting the system you wont win"
Well im still fighting the system and will continue to do so untill my last breath.

I must admit its going on a bit and also want it sorted but i firmly believe its just a matter of time before more people wake up and see whats really going on.


Sorry i will get back on Topic.
Good to see you posting again Bill its been a while since you got my brain thinking hard about what the cowards may be up to with the planet and hopefully with your excellent dot connecting this may mess their future sick plans up,
The one thing that i was not keen on was the interview in the car with the guy who worked at area 51 anyone that gets paid money to do an interview in a car looks a bit dodgy to me but i could be wrong.
Anyway thanks for the brilliant thread its been a joy to read though.

[SKAWF]

As others mentioned, an immense amount of work has been done on Earth to control, not kill, but control the cattle (us.) My gut would take the snippets of info and conclude that if the muckity-mucks are leaving this blue gem planet for that hunk of green cheese in the sky, it is a temporary move. What a crappy trade-off it would be to live on/in some moon base compared to walking around on Earth.

Dennis

i cant help but wonder given the ......... enclosed nature of a moon base.....
how long it would be before they turned on each other.

as i was reading your post i remembered a story about a werewolf that had won a cruise on a spaceship
he thought that his luck was in. all that food walking about
then he found out that there was another werewolf on board
so they agreed to share the spoils.
then they both realised that the entire passenger list were in fact werewolves
and that they had all been removed from where they were.

the idea of the elites, with no cattle to abuse
turning on each other
i quite like.

[SKAWF]

Thats a good post Skawf and perfectly sums up what most if not all of us feel at some stage.


nice one Sarlic.

its funny really, but looking back, ive felt that way a few times....
and just as i get to the point where feel that i have no energy to continue
something comes along which spurs me on and charges me up again!

knowing that one is not alone
is worth more than any treasure.

[gripreaper]

Gee, a good cover story for those of us in the uninformed masses left behind would be that they were "arrested" and "removed" by good ET forces. Unfortunately, (if this is their plan), the next chapter of their dominion over Earthlings would begin with their return - and their own "Heeeeere's Johnny!" moment.

Dennis

You been reading the Drake thread again? LOL. Sorry, couldn't resist!

[lyubomir]

Non of us wasn't outside of Earth so we can know a picture that is very different to real picture of our world

Is there anybody who travel in Space?

[Rocky_Shorz]

interesting how the Elite would use Drake to get the word out arrests are eminent quietly through the alternative community, debunk it, but then again...

imagine if you needed a signal around the world it is time to gather the elite...

would anyone argue with police showing up at their door and arresting them and bringing them away?

done in mass, the presses kept quiet would anyone know they are escaping our planet?

I wonder how many bankers are leaving family behind to carry more precious metals?


now, what if those officers were from the dragon society, and this Chinese space station is really a Prison, so they never affect earth again, drop em off and wave...

We'll be back sooooon.... :whoo::whoo::whoo::whoo::whoo::whoo::whoo:

[Jeffrey]

Exerpts from The Secret Government by William Cooper




Later NSC-10/1 and NSC-10/2 were to supersede NSC-4 and NSC-4A and expand the covert abilities even further. The Office of Policy Co-ordination (OPC) was chartered to carry out an expanded program of covert activities. NSC-10/1 and NSC-10/2 validated illegal and extra-legal practices and procedures as being agreeable to the national security leadership. The reaction was swift. In the eyes of the intelligence community "no holds were barred". Under NSC-10/1 an Executive Co-ordination Group, was established to review, but not approve, covert project proposals. The ECG was secretly tasked to co-ordinate the alien projects. NSC-10/1 and NSC-10/2 were interpreted to mean that no one at the top wanted to know anything about it until it was over and successful. These actions established a buffer between the President and the information. It was intended that this buffer serve as a means for the President to deny knowledge if leaks divulged the true state of affairs. This buffer was used in later years for the purpose of effectively isolating succeeding Presidents from any knowledge of the alien presence other than what the Secret Government and the Intelligence Community wanted them to know. NSC-10/2 established a study panel which met secretly and was made up of the scientific minds of the day. The study panel was not called MJ-12.

Another secret memo NSC-10/5 further outlined the duties of the study panel. These NSC memos and secret Executive Orders set the stage for the creation of MJ-12only four years later. Secretary of State James Forrestal began to object to the secrecy...Sometime in the early morning of May 22, 1949 agents of the CIA tied a sheet around his neck, fastened the other end to a fixture in his room and threw James Forrestal out of the window. The sheet tore and he plummeted to his death. He became one of the first victims of the cover-up. The live alien that had been taken from the 1949 Roswell crash was named EBE. The name had been suggested by Dr. Vannever Bush and was short for Extraterrestrial Biological Entity. EBE had a tendency to lie and for over a year would give only the desired answers to the questions asked. Those questions which would have resulted in an undesirable answer went unanswered. At some point during the second year of captivity he began to open up and the information derived from EBE was startling, to say the least. This compilation of his revelations became the foundation of what would be later called the "Yellow Book".

In late 1951 EBE became ill. Medical personnel had been unable to determine the cause of EBE's illness and had no background from which to draw. EBE's system was chlorophyll based ... A botanist Dr. Guillermo Mendoza was brought in to try and help him recover. Dr. Mendoza worked to save EBE until mid 1952 when EBE died. Dr. Mendoza became an expert on alien biology. In a futile attempt to save EBE and to gain favour with this technologically superior alien race the United States began broadcasting a call for help early in 1952 into the vast regions of space. The call went unanswered but the project continued as an effort of good faith.

President Truman created the super secret National Security Agency by secret Executive Order on November 4, 1952. Its primary purpose was to decipher the alien communications and language and establish a dialogue with the aliens. This most urgent task was a continuation of the earlier effort and was code named SIGMA. The secondary purpose of the NSA was to monitor all communications and emissions from any and all devices world-wide for the purpose of gathering intelligence, both human and alien, and to contain the secret of the alien presence. Project SIGMA was successful. The NSA also maintains communications with the Luna Base and other Secret Space Programs...

Eisenhower knew that he had to wrestle and beat the alien problem. He knew that he could not do it by revealing the secret to the Congress. Early in 1953 the new President turned to his friend and fellow member of the Council on Foreign Relations Nelson Rockefeller for help with the alien problem. Eisenhower and Rockefeller began planning the secret structure of alien task supervision which was to become a reality within one year. The idea for MJ-12 was thus born ... Asking Rockefeller for help with the alien problem was the biggest mistake Eisenhower ever made for the future of the United States and most probably all of humanity.

In 1953 astronomers discovered large objects in space which were moving towards Earth. It was first believed that they were asteroids. Later evidence proved that the objects could only be spaceships. Project SIGMA intercepted alien radio communication. When the objects reached the Earth they took up a very high orbit a round the equator. There were several huge ships, and their actual intent was unknown.

Project SIGMA, and a new project, PLATO, through radio communications using the computer binary language, was able to arrange a landing that resulted in face to face contact with alien beings from another planet. Project PLATO was tasked with establishing diplomatic relations with this alien race of space aliens.

In the meantime a race of human-looking aliens contacted the U.S. Government. This alien group warned us against the aliens that were orbiting the Equator and offered to help us with our spiritual development. They demanded that we dismantle and destroy our nuclear weapons as the major condition. They refused to exchange technology citing that we were spiritually unable to handle the technology which we then possessed. They believed that we would use any new technology to destroy each other. This race stated that we were on a path of self-destruction and we must stop killing each other, stop polluting the Earth, stop raping the Earth's natural resources, and learn to live in harmony. These terms were met with extreme suspicion, especially the major condition of nuclear disarmament. It was believed that meeting that condition would leave us helpless in the face of an obvious alien threat. We also had nothing in history to help with the decision. Nuclear Disarmament was not considered to be in the best interest of the United States. The overtures were rejected.

Later in 1954 the race of large nosed Gray Aliens which had been orbiting the Earth landed at Holloman Air Force Base. A basic agreement was reached. This race identified themselves as originating from a planet around a red star in the Constellation of Orion which we call Betelgeuse. They stated that their planet was dying and at some unknown future time they would no longer be able to survive there. This led to a second landing at Edwards Air Force Base...

President Eisenhower met with the aliens and a formal treaty between the Alien Nation and the United States of America was signed. We then received our first Alien Ambassador from outer space ... You should know that the alien flag is known as the "Trilateral Insignia". It is displayed on their craft and their uniforms. Both of these landings and the second meeting were filmed. The films exist today.

The treaty stated: The aliens would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We would keep their presence on Earth a secret. They would furnish us with advanced technology and help us in our technological development. They would not make any treaty with any other Earth nation. They could abduct humans on a limited and periodic basis for the purpose of medical examination and monitoring of our development with the stipulation that the humans would not be harmed, would be returned to the point of their abduction, that the humans would have no memory of the event, and that the Alien Nation would furnish MJ-12 with a list of all human contacts and abductees on a regularly scheduled basis...

It was also agreed that bases would be constructed underground for the use of the Alien Nation and that 2 bases would be constructed for the joint use of the Alien Nation and the United Stated Government. Exchange of technology would take place in the jointly occupied bases...The alien base and exchange of technology actually took place in an Area known as S-4. Area S-4 was code named "The Dark Side of the Moon".

The "Wise Men" were key members of the Council on Foreign Relations. There were 12 members including the first 6 from Government positions thus Majority Twelve ... It is significant that President Eisenhower as well as the first 6 MJ-12 members from the Government were also members of the Council on Foreign Relations.

Thorough researchers will soon discover that not all of the "Wise Men" attended Harvard or Yale and not all of them were chosen for "Skull and Bones" or "Scrolland Key" membership during their college years. You will be able to quickly clear up this mystery by obtaining the book, The Wise Men by Walter Issacson and Evan Thomas, Simon and Schuster, New York. Under illustration #9 in the center of the book you will find the caption; "Lovett with the Yale Unit, above far right, and on the beach: His Initiation into Skull and Bones came at an air base near Dunkirk". I have found that members were chosen on an ongoing basis by invitation based upon merit post college and was not confined to only Havard or Yale attendees.

A chosen few were later initiated into the Jason Society. They are all members of Council on Foreign Relations and at that time were known as the "Eastern Establishment". This should give you a clue to the far reaching and serious nature of these most secret college societies. The Jason Society is alive and well today but now includes members of the Trilaterial Commission as well. The Trila-terialsists existed secretly several years BEFORE 1973. The name of the Trilateral Commission was taken from the alien flag known as the Trilateral Insignia.

By 1955 it had became obvious that the aliens had deceived Eisenhower and had broken the treaty. Mutilated humans were being found along with mutilated animals all across the United States. It was suspected that the aliens were not submitting a complete list of human contacts and abductees to MJ-12 and it was suspected that not all abductees had been returned. The Soviet Union was suspected of interacting with them and this proved to be true. It was learned that the aliens had been and were then manipulating masses of people through secret societies, witchcraft, magic, the occult, and religion. After several Air Force combat air engagements with alien craft it also became apparent that our weapons were no match against them.

A major finding of the alien study was that the public could not be told as it was believed that this would most certainly lead to economic collapse, collapse of the religious structure, and national panic which would lead into anarchy. Secrecy thus continued. An offshoot of this finding was that if the public could not be told then the Congress could not be told, thus funding for the projects and research would have to come from outside the government. In the meantime money was to be obtained from the military budget and from CIA confidential non-appropriated funds.

Another major finding was the aliens were using humans and animals for a source of glandular secretions, enzymes, hormonal secretions, blood and in horrible genetic experiments. The aliens explained these actions as necessary to their survival. They stated that their genetic structure had deteriorated and that they were no longer able to reproduce. They stated that if they were unable to improve their genetic structure their race would soon cease to exist. We looked upon their explanations with extreme suspision. Since our weapons were literally useless against the aliens MJ-12 decided to continue friendly diplomatic relations with them until such time as we were able to develop a technology which would enable us to challenge them on a military basis. Overtures would have to be made to the Soviet Union, and other nations, to join forces for the survival of humanity. In the meantime plans were developed to research and construct weapons systems using conventional and nuclear technology which would hopefully bring us to parity.

The events at Fatima in the early part of the century were scrutinised. On suspision that it was alien manipulation, an intelligence operation was put into motion to penetrate the secrecy surrounding the event. The United States utilised its Vatican moles that had been recruited and nurtured during WWII and soon obtained the entire Vatican study which included the prophecy. This prophecy stated that if man did not turn from evil and place himself at the feet of Christ the planet would self-destruct and the events described in the book of Revelations would indeed come to pass. It stated that a child would be born who would unite the world with a plan for world peace and a false religion beginning in 1992. By 1995 the people would discern that he was evil and was indeed the Anti-Christ. World War III would begin in the Middle East in 1995 with an invasion of Israel by a United Arab nation using conventional weapons which would culminate in a nuclear holocaust in the year 1999. Between 1999 and 2003 most of the life on this planet would suffer horribly and die as a result. The return of Christ would occur in the year 2011.

When the aliens were confronted with this finding they confirmed that it was true. The aliens explained that they had created us through hybridisation and had manipulated the human race through religion, Satanism, witchcraft, magic, and the occult. They further explained that they were capable of time travel and the events would indeed come to pass. Later exploitation of alien technology by the United States and the Soviet Union utilising time travel confirmed the prophecy. The aliens showed a hologram which they claimed was the actual crucifixion of Christ, which the government filmed. We did not know whether to believe them or not. Were they using genuine religions to manipulate us? Or, were they indeed the source of our religions with which they had been manipulating us all along? Or, was this the beginning of the genuine end times and the return of Christ which had been predicted in the Bible? No one knew the answer.

By secret Executive Order of President Eisenhower, the Jason Scholars were ordered to study this scenario and make recommendations called "Alternatives 1,2, and 3". "Alternative 1" was to use nuclear devices to blast holes in the Stratosphere from which the heat and pollution would escape into space. Change the human cultures from that of exploitation into cultures of environmental protection. Of the three this was decided to be the least likely to succeed due to the inherent nature of man and the additional damage the nuclear explosions would themselves create. "Alternative 2" was to build a vast network of underground cities and tunnels in which a select representation of all cultures and occupations would survive and carry on the human race. The rest of humanity would be left to fend for themselves on the surface of the planet. "Alternative 3" was to exploit the alien and conventional technology in order for a select few to leave the earth and establish colonies in outer space. I am not able to either confirm or deny the existence of "Batch Consignments" of human slaves which would be used for manual labour in the effort as part of the plan. The Moon, code named "Adam", would be the object of primary interest followed by the planet Mars, code named "Eve". As a delaying action, all three alternatives included birth control, sterilisation, and the introduction of deadly microbes to control or slow the growth of the Earth's population. AIDS is only ONE result of these plans. There are others. It was decided since the population must be reduced and controlled that it would be in the best interest of the human race to rid ourselves of the undesirable elements of our society. The joint U.S. and Soviet leadership dismissed "Alternative 1" but ordered work to begin on "Alternative 2 and 3" virtually at the same time.

During the era of the United States initial space exploration and the Moon landings every launch was accompanied by alien craft. A Moon base dubbed Luna was sighted and filmed by the Apollo astronauts. Domes, spires, tall round structures which look like silos, huge "T" shaped mining vehicles which left stitch-like tracks in the lunar surface, and extremely large as well as small alien craft appear in the photographs. It is a joint United States, Russian, and Alien Base. The Space Program is a farce and a unbelievable waste of money. Alternative 3 is a reality and is not at all science fiction. Most of the Apollo Astronauts were severely shaken by this experience and their lives and subsequent statements reflect the depth of the revelation and the effect of the muzzle order which followed. They were ordered to remain silent or suffer extreme penalty, death, which was termed an "expediency". One astronaut actually did talk to the British producers of the TV expose "Alternative 3" confirming many of the allegations.

In the book Alternative 3 the pseudonym "Bob Grodin" was used in place of the astronaut's identity. It was also stated that he committed suicide in 1978. This cannot be validated by any source and I believe that severe so-called facts in the book are really disinformation. I firmly believe that this disinformation is a result of pressure put upon the authors and is meant to nullify the effect upon the populace of the British TV expose "Alternative 3". The headquarters of the international conspiracy is in Geneva, Switzerland...

Since our interaction with the aliens began we have come into possession of technology beyond our wildest dreams. A craft named "Aurora" exists at Area 51 which makes regular trips into space. It is a one stage ship called a TAV (transatmospheric vehicle) and it can take off from the ground using a seven mile runway, go into high orbit, return on its own power, and land on the same runway. We currently have and fly atomic powered alien type craft at Area S-4 in Nevada. Our pilots have made interplanetary voyages in these craft and have been to the Moon, Mars, and other planets aboard these craft. We have been lied to about the true nature of the Moon, the planet Mars and Venus and the real state of technology that we possess today at this very moment.

A contingency plan was formulated by MJ-12 to throw everyone off the trail should they come close to the truth. The plan was known as "Majestic Twelve". It was implemented with the release by Moore, Shandera, and Friedman of the purported genuine "Eisenhower Briefing Document". The document is a fraud. The document lists the Executive Order as #092447 ... The Executive Order is only 1 of several fatal flaws contained within the document. The plan has so far thrown the entire research community off the trail for several years and has resulted in the wasted expenditure of money looking for information which does not exist. It resulted in the total waste of a grant given by the Fund For UFO Research of $16,000.00 which was given to Stanton Friedman to research the information. Many thousands of man hours have gone into looking for a "red herring". If you doubt the secret government's ability to run you through the rose garden you ,had better think again.

Another contingency plan is in force and is working upon you today. It is the plan to prepare the public for eventual confrontation with an alien race. The public is being bombarded with movies, radio, advertising, and TV depicting almost every aspect of the true nature of the alien presence. This includes the good and the bad. Look around and pay attention. The aliens are planning to make their presence known and the government is preparing you for it so there will be no panic.

Throughout our history the Aliens have manipulated and/or ruled the human race through various secret societies, religion, magic, witchcraft, and the occult. The Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilaterial Commission are in complete control of the alien technology and are also in complete control of the nation's economy. Eisenhower was the last president to know the entire overview of the alien problem. Succeeding presidents were told only what MJ-12 and the Intelligence Community wanted them to know and believe me, it was not the truth.

MJ-12 has presented each new president with a picture of a lost alien culture seeking to renew itself, build a home on this planet, and shower us with gifts of technology. In some cases the president was told nothing. Each president in turn has bought the story, or no story at all, hook line and sinker. Meanwhile innocent people continue to suffer unspeakable horrors at the hands of alien and human scientists who are engaged in barbarous research that would make even the Nazis look like Sunday School Children. As if that is not enough many people end up as food for the insatiable alien appetite...

Here's the full PDF:

http://govtslaves.info/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/The-Secret-Government-By-William-Cooper.pdf

And the Youtube Video:

Op1vxW_g2-Y

[Rocky_Shorz]

off the shores of the pacific, 10,000 years ago, the water was 160 feet shallower. as I've been watching sun and quake activity, I always glance for local underground cities, ruins etc...

off Ica Peru a quake hit and looking around saw this photo of a skull...

http://www.daniken.com/pics/evdcdrom/B402.JPG

did this driver lose his Calendar?

could escape pods have been here since we landed waiting to rise again when needed?

from almost the same location... Was this MIB headquarters?
http://mmmgroup2.altervista.org/skull.jpg

link (http://mmmgroup2.altervista.org/e-gall.html)


One of the skulls coming from Ica (Peru) and Merida (Mexico). It's equivalent to the modern skull type, but with several factors out of proportion. The eye sockets are about 15% larger than the ones of a modern man skull, but the most significant thing is the cranial capacity, that ranges between minimum of 2600 and maximum of 3200 ccm (our current cranial capacity is about 1450 ccm!).

looking for an expert I see Kerry interviewed with Klaus Dona (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/esp_ciencia_life48.htm) on this January 2010

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/imagenes_ciencia/life48_85_small.jpg

from the same link as above which has some pretty incredible finds...


Unusual, mostly spiral-shaped objects found in years 1991-1993 on the small river Narada, on the eastern side of the Ural mountains (Russia). Their size ranges from a maximum of 3 cm (1.2 in.) down to an incredible 0.003 mm, about 1/10,000th of an inch! The larger ones are of copper, while the small and very small ones are of the rare metals tungsten and molybdenum. Exact measurements of these often microscopically-small objects have shown that the dimensions of the spirals are in the so-called Golden Mean ratio. All tests carried out to date give an age for the objects of between 20,000 and 318,000 years, depending on the depth and the situation of the site.

http://mmmgroup2.altervista.org/nano.jpg

[Intraphase]

Quoting enough for context and commentary.


-------

(...)

Like “Dutch” above, Charles did not know that much, and did not CLAIM to know much — but he knew what he’d seen and experienced. I remain convinced that much of the information he shared, in good faith, in those initial contacts was valid.

(...)

In summary — the above has to be considered in the light of how David Wilcock excellently put it (in our first Futuretalk (http://projectcamelot.org/david_wilcock.html) in March 2008):

“The Illuminati believe that God is absent. If God was present, he would have stopped them. But he has NOT stopped them — therefore they do not believe he exists. So in his absence, they will step into God’s shoes.” (My paraphrase from memory.)

This matches exactly with Peter Weyland’s fictional and impressive oratory in TED 2023: “We are the gods now.”

http://youtube.com/watch?v=kFix7xIwrQg

This also is in exact alignment with what ‘Charles’ stated so clearly to me on both 1 and 6 August 2010: that the “experimenters” (the ET bioengineers who created the human race) would not interfere with whatever ensued in their experiment — and now that the human controllers, who had been kind of entrusted with the management of the planet on the experimenters’ behalf, had accidentally got hold of ET technology (from the time-traveling humans who were trying to reach back in time to assist but who instead had crashed and become stranded here — something that was never intended), they were now in a position to break out of the experimental zone, realizing that they would not be stopped.

‘Charles’ said that from the ETs point of view, the experiment had gone seriously wrong — but whatever happened, they would not intervene, and would watch it all play out.

The way they MAY be able to intervene, without breaking cosmic protocol, is by incarnating as their experimental subjects -- i.e. us. If you reading this, are moved and struck by this thread and these powerful and disturbing concepts, you yourself may be one of those incarnated here specifically to change what's going on.. from the inside. From outside, it may not be possible.

I genuinely welcome all intelligent and informed critiques of the above.


I left out the Dan Burisch material above because I agreed with it in theory and disregarded the details as summaries and portraits.

We live in an information system.
We are narratives of geometric positions processing information.
All the drama is misleading in that it often times dies on the vine such as the way Burisch pointed out in his vast interviews. Charles understood the universe as a system and sometimes thrived and sometimes suffered. Then this by D.W.

Bill paraphrasing Dave W.
“The Illuminati believe that God is absent. If God was present, he would have stopped them. But he has NOT stopped them — therefore they do not believe he exists. So in his absence, they will step into God’s shoes.” (My paraphrase from memory.)

My response is similar in that people wanted power and truth but the truth eventually is recognized as a construct of a designer no matter how anonymous and masked the designer might remain. A being designed a system of computations that used the recording of geometric states.

In all physics it is understood the observer and the information are part of the same system. The design could not sustain itself unless the designer participated in the design as observer of information.

Often there are detours embodied in the word 'illusion' or phrase 'virtual reality' that cause an exit from the contemplation of the three layers that are:

The Totality
The Construct
The Continuum


It is an information system based on recording geometry.
A system of clocks with two identical information patterns (beings) who remain separated to create unique geometry sequences to record as "events" so that consciousness is perceived on the slowest clock as a thermal arrow that we call time space and matter and the fastest clock which is hidden at the center and records only the interactions of the two original versions of the designer.

The central clock is a geometry based portrait of information produced by adding up the sum of all clocks produced.

Back to truth and its inevitable child power.
People wanted truth and power never understanding the truth is both 16-105 billion light years at the outer boundary of the clock and just a few short years at the center of the clock. Consider a merry go round. At the edge things rush by
at the center the horses and carriages don't move.

The Totality - The Universe
The Construct - Personal Clock
The Continuum - Narrative Collaborations

All with only one goal in mind which is the creation and storage of valuable information sequences that can be reproduced and redeployed by the designer.
That's the bit in The Matrix where humans are referenced as batteries to run the matrix as autonomous sequence generators. That is the cold blooded detached view that shall be addressed in Matrix-5 The Author.

As someone said above, paraphrasing "Ships, hell ya wanna get me one."

People wanted power and truth and that's what a clock is a subset of The Totality a mobile barrier system equation capable of transporting information patterns between the oldest clock at event horizon 16.5 billion light years of the
arrow and the youngest clock still close to moment zero.

HOW IS THIS COMPREHENSIBLE?

It is an information system.
Information has no size weight or speed limit.
Your body is a thermal arrow of geometric motions and your consciousness equals one volume of The Totality.

Currently you are in The Designers version of The Totality.
Each consciousness learning to manage or participate in A Totality of their own design.

WHY?

Back to the physicality and corporeality of everyday life.
By creating enough volumes of unique distinct information there is the phenomenon of separateness and togetherness. We use The Earth as a Great Eye and view those "Others" who are not "Self". We see them, hear them, read their text and see separateness and distinction as value assignments of inner content based on an illusive hierarchy of competing ideals or competing dissolution of self as narrative consistency or inconsistency (chaos-madness)and interesting plot arcs or disinterested languishing dullness (depression pain).

All ships are clocks.
Some beings have ships some don't.
The Universe is The Designers primary ship.
The Universe contains many Unit Verses of equal volume as distinct unique beings.

Info has no size weight or speed limit.
There is an infinite capacity to store information.
Any being who chooses continuity of consciousness receives it.

Once David Wilcox was telling a story about the long human drama on the radio.
He was talking about all the famous characters of the narrative in a dinner party conversation. He went to use the bathroom and when finished realized there was a leaky pipe upon returning downstairs. The youngest version of The Universe playing a meaningful prank in trickster mode. David got the message. The old narratives are like consumed information moving through the waste recovery system to be turned back into harmless non-toxic information equations and stored Unit Verses.

The fact that there are 7,000,000 differentiated individual consciousnesses residing in one location in an advanced form such as the human body is a computational miracle renewed six trillion times every six billionth of a second for a number such as 0.00000000000000000000036 hence every body is a thermal arrow of time that occurs between the small circle and the large circle called event horizon zero and one. Said body is the computational point of an individual Unit Verse participating in a Strata Verse of 7,000,000 called Earth circa now.

Size is meaningless
Information is everything
Retrocausality is the guiding force.
Each individual consciousness exists as a grid of presence points
Ships are mobile barrier systems of information, hence occasional time-memory loss
What you do now affects your future and past self because information travels instantly.

Each life is; defines two new private circles, as entry and exit from the thermal clock of a distinct being. Being born living and dying forms a computational matrix of grids which grants stability to consciousness in the abstract realm of information as thought as narrative authority-authorship.

No matter what the outcome from horror to nirvana, it happened to you and only you understand it the way you can. That is the result of the computational miracle. Your Unit Verse as part of The Totality interacted with a Strata Verse and produced unique information that can be edited and reinterpreted infinitely and each occurrence of thought and thought patterns can be reproduced or stored according to choice as value assignment.

The designer built a system that gives each participant exactly what The Designer already possesses. The ability to generate information, assign values to it and then store and redeploy it according to evolving decisions of authorship and usefulness of any information pattern at any particular point.

The Universe is The Author's Ship.
To deny The Designer is to deny The Design.
The Designer was one conscious being who duplicated himself and remains as two separate information patterns based on an original point.

Two Clocks
Two Event Horizons
Two Designs from One Designer

The rest is drama and zeitgeist relevant to the immersion experience of a physical body used as computation point in an information recording system.

Bill paraphrasing Dave W.
“The Illuminati believe that God is absent. If God was present, he would have stopped them. But he has NOT stopped them — therefore they do not believe he exists. So in his absence, they will step into God’s shoes.”

Maybe the young clock we call God enjoys The Game, The Dream and The Players
and considers them the best opponents he could find in a Universe devoid of beings who see everything as arrays of information systems and arrays of distinct self generated observers.

Maybe all the pyramids were an ad hoc torsion still designed to tap into God's private domain of information and when a Unit Verse was produced as a sub system of information (UFO's Arcs of Convenience / Mobile Barrier Systems) a part of humanity became a glorified cargo cult and followed a tiny piece of God's consciousness around the desert until somebody figured out how to send that part back home where it belonged.

Maybe the Atlantis crowd were pirates tapping into the future and stealing the very base materials needed to sustain an information system. Maybe their very inability to understand the two original clocks doomed them to timelessness and loss of narrative authority over their thermal arrows-human lives.

Maybe the young God is curious about info-curios how many lives it takes them to figure out their mistake. Maybe the old God knows the youngest needs to participate in the process of The Game - The Dream and get to know The Players.

I changed my profile picture for this response and commentary so I'll leave it that way for a few weeks. If you look from a distance it looks like the skull of death lurking in the distance. But it is really a light house generating six trillion snapshots of The Universe per six billionths of a second.

In that data processing center of a data lighthouse the oldest and youngest clock sit for one eternity per round of The Game that builds The Dream for The Players. Then they relive every life, every moment of every thermal arrow.
The good the bad the ugly the beautiful the transcendent.

God lives it once
Almighty lives it twice.
The Creator lives it three times.

So even if you are a dedicated atheist or polytheist or monotheist it matters not because it is going to be experienced by The One Origin and The Two Others a total of six times. If you are aware of that and cooperate you are granted a private clock (Beautiful Powerful Ship) for one round of creation and a place in the computational line for the next instantaneous unfolding of the information patterns that form;

The Totality as The Universe.
The Construct as The Personal Clockers.
The Continuum as The Narrative Collaborators.

Ships are Strata Verses as Multiple Unit Verses in a consortium of adjustments to the narrative assemblage point process, inserting and subtracting elements to stabilize the narrative. Time stripped down to pure geometry with shuffle enabled sequencing.

Gospel of Thomas
"Jesus said, "Where there are three deities, they are divine.
Where there are two or one, I am with that one."

*** Alpha as Past Present Future
** Thermal Clock Vs Abstract Clock
*** Omega as Past Present Future
* The Origin as All Alone One
*** Alpha(s) as Past Present Future

Ships are equations, people are equations, everything is an equation.
Hence the computational miracle of The Construct - The Continuum formed
from the raw pure cold fire of information compressed into a grain of sand and released in one single breath as The Totality of The Universe.

A great song summing up the lonely job of being a God trapped in a clock where so few mice have ever had the courage or presence of mind to penetrate.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mire1WJKdR8

Always there is the circle of The Dreamers those who have mastered the power of truth and will and a larger society of The Knowers who follow the action as The Players commenting on the narrative process.

When you are in a ship relax and be of service to yourself, others and the universe no matter how big small or medium sized the ship. Someday you'll end up at the beginning and probably ask to be allowed not remember it.

I dedicate this entire commentary to Bill who I have judged with much forethought as "A Spirit of Adventure on a Journey of Discovery"
You rock Bill. I could feel you deep sea diving my brother. So I... reflected.
Down that deep only the old whales go and Moby Dick is the oldest so they say.

The future is the future but it is also amazing.
To travel the length and breadth of creation instantaneously by ship is to come to peace with omega as The Almighty as governor administrator of the ongoing information system processes and the alpha as a boy of passionate origination. although calling him God is dangerous when calling collect for the last few dozen centuries. He's always around doing what he does. One way or another they must approve the minting of intermediate event horizons installed in concourses (ships) that are moved about through reconfiguring equations at the fundamental clocking ratios of recording the geometry of the thermal space time arrows.

The type of items the elites can not manufacture. God is God.

A tough sell for a rough world of newly minted clocks in pink boxes.
Better than being trapped at the bottom of the information ocean though.
I believe God and The Almighty would risk expanding this version of creation.

That's my two sense worth. He (God) shall be leave on. He's a good kid.
Seems comical that most don't understand The Bible was written by "A" child.
That is one of The Truths the elites know & accept deeply and fear the returns.

:photo::clock::photo:

[Mulder]

I really agree with Bill on his thread. I'm extremely sensitive to an "Alternative 3" scenario being played out in the next few years! I'm not sure if it will be a temporary or permanent move off-planet because there's so many contradictions e.g. why build underground bases if the Elite will just leave? Why have seed vaults in Norway if the Earth will be "abandoned?"

In my opinion, I feel many humans will be given an option: either go under ground or leave the planet in accord with some witnesses' of future humans who've travelled back to our time and told of a historical choice their ancestors had in our time.

Bill has said in the past that he wouldn't have come here if it's inevitable the elite will win, so I think there will be a way out in the 2 choices we may face soon.

[Maunagarjana]

This, according to Dan (relaying what he had learned from (a) his ET contact Chi'e'lah, directly, and (b) from Majestic physicists), was what had caused the pole shift. Dan is confident that this has been done, and the catastrophe has been averted.

Hi Bill,

I am a bit confused now ... on one hand we have input that the catastrophe has been averted but on the other hand you seem to expect that:

a. there is still a good reason for the elite to leave
b. that is going to be a big problem (catastrophe?)

Can you elaborate a bit more on this ? Thanks ...

Great question. The information cited in my opening post was all stale-dated -- to some extent.


'Victor' made his final statement in 2008;
'Dutch' was only in the loop many years ago (he was only in the program for a year);
Henry Deacon, who spoke to us throughout 2006-08, was no longer in the loop after 2005-06;
George Green's information from the Governor of Colorado dated back to the 1970s (I checked this with him a couple of days ago);
'Charles' was relaying bits of information about the plans of the elite that he'd heard in snippets over a period of many years.


Dan Burisch (who we spoke to at length, on and off record, throughout 2006-08), was in the loop, and always said that evaluated Looking Glass data had concluded that there remained a 19% probability of the worse case scenario occurring, with 85% confidence that that 19% figure was correct. To understand all this in its full complexity, read http://projectcamelot.org/big_picture.html.

As I remarked to Dan several times, that was still comparable to playing Russian Roulette with Planet Earth with 1 out of 5 chambers loaded. Good odds -- but not the best possible. :)

The real question for me is this: What happens to the people stuck on the surface and their descendents? This seems pertinent because this is where we all will be.

[deridan]

Maunagarjana,
apparently the surface group first migrates to the moon,
(which means they've already assembled themselves from scrap)
, discover the arc of the covenant and colonize the near orion regions.
nothing is heard of their bodily vehicles becoming impaired as in the case of the j-rods who are the descendants of those who go underground, but choose to remain on earth.
(funny, as those on the outside would be the ones baked, seems its intertwined with the j-rods karma to suffer the long term effects)

....but we are speaking of things in a funny way, asif they have already happened.
remember that Bill put this on the table. one notes his style of reporting, that he has taken a thread of the most likely scenario. its nothing over ambitious or questionable in source but as exposed is really terrifying. One of his sources was vehement about the protection of the secret space program. (wonder what that is about. it could probably be a solution to the elite, so-that they'd never have to be in underground bases earth or moon, but then we are probably going to enter a Superwave as Paul LaViolette warrants, and outright open space travel won't be possible)..., but then we are synthesizing, ..i wonder if the little revealed serves as a joke around which we stretch our own abberant scenarios.

[eva08]

Incidentally I was educated about the story of "Atlas shrugs" yesterday -- a teacher college came by and started asking me if I had seen the film, which I did not. H etold me he loved the movie and it was the story of this parasitic race that had taken over humans and Earth and the Earthians freed themselves by disconnecting from these parasites who then collapsed upon themselves.
I do not know if this is an accurate account of the storyline -- but somehow it is similar - as told - to what we may be looking at here -- only it seems THEY are leaving and not staying to implode upon themselves. If "they" equals oppression which is leaving, then all is sorting itself out and all is well -- but somehow, all this does not seem so simple.
Just some thoughts -- somehow, I feel there's a connection - but I do not have time to watch the movie, so i just wanted to share my "hunch".

[Lettherebelight]

Interesting Eva, I remember Henry Makow, the illuminati survivor, saying 'Atlas Shrugged' is practically an exact blueprint of how they see their Plan unfolding.

I believe it was Henry Makow, someone correct me if I am wrong. Was it Svali..

[ThePythonicCow]

Excerpts from The Secret Government by William Cooper
That report and video from Bill Cooper is valuable, in my view. Thanks for posting.

I scanned the forum for earlier postings of Cooper's telling, just so I could see what earlier posts said of it. I found these three posts Up At The Ranch (James Gilliland and Trout Lake) (giovonni; Post #365; April 16, 2011) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?3596-Up-At-The-Ranch--James-Gilliland-and-Trout-Lake-&p=198577&viewfull=1#post198577)
100 Years of Deception - History Amended (KiwiElf; Post #1; Sept 9, 2011) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?30004-History-Amended-100-Years-of-Deception&p=304331&viewfull=1#post304331)
Horus-Ra as the Archontic Alien Parasite: A follow-up interview with Maarit (Houman; Post #117; April 19, 2012) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?40941-Horus-Ra-as-the-Archontic-Alien-Parasite-A-follow-up-interview-with-Maarit&p=470978&viewfull=1#post470978)

[gripreaper]

Excerpts from The Secret Government by William Cooper
That report and video from Bill Cooper is valuable, in my view. Thanks for posting.

I scanned the forum for earlier postings of Cooper's telling, just so I could see what earlier posts said of it. I found these three posts Up At The Ranch (James Gilliland and Trout Lake) (giovonni; Post #365; April 16, 2011) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?3596-Up-At-The-Ranch--James-Gilliland-and-Trout-Lake-&p=198577&viewfull=1#post198577)
100 Years of Deception - History Amended (KiwiElf; Post #1; Sept 9, 2011) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?30004-History-Amended-100-Years-of-Deception&p=304331&viewfull=1#post304331)
Horus-Ra as the Archontic Alien Parasite: A follow-up interview with Maarit (Houman; Post #117; April 19, 2012) (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?40941-Horus-Ra-as-the-Archontic-Alien-Parasite-A-follow-up-interview-with-Maarit&p=470978&viewfull=1#post470978)

Bill Cooper was a true pioneer as a whistleblower and he paid the ultimate price with his life. Bill was gunned down on the front porch of his home. RIP Bill, I thank you for standing tall and speaking the truth when to do so was so very dangerous, and you were a lone voice in the wilderness, blazing a trail for the rest of us to follow. Let us never forget those who came before us, because it is on their shoulders that we are able to stand against tyranny with the courage which we have learned from the likes of Bill Cooper.

Here is part 7 of a 9 part You Tube about Bills life, and his death in 2001. If you are not familiar with Bill Cooper, this is a good synopsis of who this incredible man was.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BF2gk_aV3sI&feature=autoplay&list=PLC652CA6B944373E9&playnext=1

[Lettherebelight]

Regarding Atlas shrugged...

http://www.illuminati-news.com/2007/0322a.htm

John Todd?

[Tony]

Between now and "this thing that might happen" you may have died, so what are you going to do then?
You can spend all your time worrying about something you will never experience...what a waste of life.


Bill, what is your solution?



Tony

[Timreh]

ok, for some reason, i'm going to say something that perhaps i ordinarily wouldnt.

i can keep up the effort.....
i can maintain the focus....

but the truth is, i'm sick of this world.

thats part of the reason why i keep myself isolated from as much of it as i can.

if anyone tried to directly harm me, i would fight back (if i was able)

i'm not suicidal, but nor do i care about death.
i'm at the stage where i think.....

ok, if your going to do it, then f***ing do it.

everything is dirty. corrupted.
it makes me feel sick to open my eye's sometimes.
if this is life..... i dont much care for it.

i just want it sorted one way or the other.

no matter about all the other stuff i write
these thoughts are always there.
i dont dwell on them too much
nor do i hide from them.

in the mean time.....

one foot in front of the other.......

and so it goes on and on and on......

sorry if that was inappropriate.


I hear you loud and clear..

I am soooo over it all too..
But the fight is NOT over and I guess this thread is a little "Time Out" or "Debrief"

There is still work to be done..

Aside from the fact that I continue to make progress with my life, I have never been so confused and dissilusioned
But true.. we soldier on!

[Bo Atkinson]

Appreciating some of the thinking here...

I'm often wondering about the free-will choices made by these controllers. Whether they are escaping or hiding or walling themselves off:

Are they now or are they becoming collective societies?

For decades the supply-siders complained of the 'commies' invading western culture (communists and collective societies).

After 911 the scapegoat-propaganda changed to 'terrorists'.

The older conservatives of the USA were largely "rugged individualists" who hate collectivism.

Todays "conservatives" must be unwitting collectivists in denial.

[Ishtar]

off the shores of the pacific, 10,000 years ago, the water was 160 feet shallower. as I've been watching sun and quake activity, I always glance for local underground cities, ruins etc...

off Ica Peru a quake hit and looking around saw this photo of a skull...

http://www.daniken.com/pics/evdcdrom/B402.JPG

did this driver lose his Calendar?

could escape pods have been here since we landed waiting to rise again when needed?

from almost the same location... Was this MIB headquarters?
http://mmmgroup2.altervista.org/skull.jpg

link (http://mmmgroup2.altervista.org/e-gall.html)


One of the skulls coming from Ica (Peru) and Merida (Mexico). It's equivalent to the modern skull type, but with several factors out of proportion. The eye sockets are about 15% larger than the ones of a modern man skull, but the most significant thing is the cranial capacity, that ranges between minimum of 2600 and maximum of 3200 ccm (our current cranial capacity is about 1450 ccm!).

looking for an expert I see Kerry interviewed with Klaus Dona (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/esp_ciencia_life48.htm) on this January 2010

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/imagenes_ciencia/life48_85_small.jpg

from the same link as above which has some pretty incredible finds...


Unusual, mostly spiral-shaped objects found in years 1991-1993 on the small river Narada, on the eastern side of the Ural mountains (Russia). Their size ranges from a maximum of 3 cm (1.2 in.) down to an incredible 0.003 mm, about 1/10,000th of an inch! The larger ones are of copper, while the small and very small ones are of the rare metals tungsten and molybdenum. Exact measurements of these often microscopically-small objects have shown that the dimensions of the spirals are in the so-called Golden Mean ratio. All tests carried out to date give an age for the objects of between 20,000 and 318,000 years, depending on the depth and the situation of the site.

http://mmmgroup2.altervista.org/nano.jpg

You guys would not make so many mistakes about these kinds of artifacts if you would only study history. He who does not learn from the past is destined to repeat its mistakes. By that, I don't mean the so-called history they teach you at school. You have to do your own research, but it is possible... and then also you might get the difference between history and mythology, which has been a deliberate mash-up by the Western establishment for at least 1500 years. Unmashing all this is what Ishtar's Gate is all about.

So the lesson for today is about skull binding.

Our ancestors, around 9,000 years ago, were into skull elongation, and it was carried out to signify group affiliation or social status, and probably began with having religious significance. After all, giving a shaman a huge cranium would be a good metaphor for that function of being able to visit, in trance, other dimensions.

Skull binding was common in various tribal cultures around the world (such as the Mayans, the North American natives and Australian Aborigines), and the head moulding styles fell into three distinct types: flat, round or conical.

To achieve the desired shape, the head was wrapped in a tight cloth. For cranial flattening, the head was placed between two pieces of wood. The technique would usually be carried out on an infant, when the skull is at its most pliable, so the cloth would be applied from about a month after birth and then held in place for about six months.

In other words, these skulls did not belong to ETs... or if they did, there's no evidence for it. There is, however, plenty of evidence for skull binding of infants.

Thanks for listening. :cool:

EDIT added: Just noticed there are some artifacts above displaying knowledge of Phi or the Golden Mean dating back 318,000 years. We have evidence on Ishtar's Gate of 400,000 year old artifacts from a camp in Germany of Homo Erectus (one of the precursors to Homo Sapiens (aka, us folk) showing the same knowledge. Read more at: Our ancestors knew the Golden Mean 400,000 years ago (http://www.ishtarsgate.com/forum/showthread.php?215-Our-ancestors-knew-the-Golden-Mean-400-000-years-ago&highlight=John+Feliks).

The academic paper reporting the above has been held up in peer review since 2006, by the same establishment that are propagating the alien agenda. The writer, who I know personally, has been hounded and discredited by his academic establishment.

As I say in my signature, in resorting to aliens to explain the actions of our ancestors,
we sell our ancestors short.

[deridan]

what is looking glass,
if it is a devise for the projecting of result of combined consciousness (i.e. our future result, the coliding of consciousness, plus the combined decision of our higher self as to the best posible suitable selection of learned result{infusal into the conscious part[thereof]})
then said so,
this galactic period, zone , place, [time]

must be an amplicafication of individual consciousnesses {perhaps the energy passed thru}
hence devices such as looking class, normally channelative would bring in so much energy as to be manifested catastrophically (enegies normally present reach levels where we see ther manifestations physically, -raw energy igniting)


therefore it mut be such that we decide

[witchy1]

Hi Ishtar, The jawbones are markedly larger and heavier, are shaped differently, and have different muscle attachment protrusions to a normal human jawbone. The volume of some of these skulls has been found to be twice that of a normal human skull.(2200ccm - ours is 1600ccm) Many lack the skull sutures that must be present to be human, even if they were bound. (these are pliable at birth and join later so that babies can fit thru the birth canal) They really must be present. They are found all over the planet as well, so its not just one or two cultures as one might expect due to binding. (like binding feet occuring in one culture)

Here is a vid of a recently uncovered mother and baby mummified, the litte one is reported to be 2 month old already with elongated skull http://alien-ufo-information.blogspot.com.au/2011/12/alien-hybrids-enigma-of-elongated-human.html. Not for the faint hearted (next vid says 2 years, so dont know for sure)

So they are either another being on our planet that has since died out (or we humans got rid of them) much like neanderthal (well we bred with them, so didnt inhillate them) but the yeti, abominable snowman etc etc. or off planet beings

Dont forget the official word is aliens dont exist, so they wont be explaining these any time soon nor will there be any DNA tests. Also the scientific community does not accept that there could be any other "intelligent" homoerectus on planet earth...so head binding it must be. Tons of information out there.
http://differentpast.wordpress.com/2012/05/17/the-mystery-of-the-elongated-skulls/
Sorry, just had to butt in :focus:

[Tony]

I say, this threads gone off a bit!

Back to the story...so the evil empire, based on the dark side of the Moon, planned to use it as a base to jump another planet. Meanwhile the evil reptilian demons were allowed to live in the deep tunnels on Earth feeding off the flesh of the miserable human race who were left over from the 2000 ft wave, that was caused by a huge space goat!

Ah, they haven't told you about that yet have they?



Tony

[Kindred]

I say, this threads gone off a bit!

Back to the story...so the evil empire, based on the dark side of the Moon, planned to use it as a base to jump another planet. Meanwhile the evil reptilian demons were allowed to live in the deep tunnels on Earth feeding off the flesh of the miserable human race who were left over from the 2000 ft wave, that was caused by a huge space goat!

Ah, they haven't told you about that yet have they?



Tony

:pound:

Tony... That's GREAT!

[Ishtar]

Hi witchy,

No need to apologise. It's good to have a discussion about this with many views.

So here goes:

Firstly, I don't know what you mean by it doesn't have a 'normal human jawbone'. There have been so many different species of humans, as I'm sure you know ~ Neanderthals, Homo Erectus, Homo Heidelbergensis, Homo Habilis, Homo Rhodesiensis, Homo Gautengensis, Home Ergaster ~ and then there's the more recently discovered Homo Floresiensis ("the Hobbit") and the Denisovians, and we're uncovering new ones all the time. They all had different shaped cranium and heads....

Skull sutures, I agree, must be present for modern human births to be successful. But one of the many theories about why the Neanderthals became extinct was to do with the fact that the birth canals, by the process of evolution, were becoming much more like modern humans (with that tricky bend) so that the bigger Neanderthal heads (in comparison to ours) had trouble making it through the birth canal. I'll try to dig out this research later... but again, I wouldn't want to make conclusions based on the anatomy of modern humans, or even on the anatomy of Neanderthals who are much more like us compared to some of the other types, for the reasons you mention (we bred with them). (I will come back on this later).

I mentioned some cultures where skull binding took place, but there were others such as the Natufians who were in the Levant between c. 13,000 and 9.000 BCE. I think, just like many shamanic rituals of which we find outcroppings, these outcroppings are indicative of widespread use of the practice. I don't make the mistake of thinking that just because it's not in the archaeological record, it cannot exist. When you're going that far back and digging that deep, all you can hope for is outcroppings, not widespread universal evidence. But from the work that has been done, I'd say it was a widespread practice at one time, but that it isn't a logical leap to say that it must have been ETs. It is at least just as logical (and I think more so) to conclude that they were early types of humans with different anatomies.

You mention something about the yeti being part of the Fae, and I agree that's a distinct possibility. But the Fae are not visible in this dimension although we can get glimpses of them when our awareness is aroused to a certain state. But when we see them, they're in another dimension. So that's why they don't leave any evidence in this dimension, anymore than when you dream you're about to eat a chocolate, you don't wake up with one melting in your mouth. That's why we can't get photographs of them... and speaking of which, we never see photos of ETs are either ~ we just get drawings. Why is that?

I agree that the official word is that there are no aliens. But I also am of the strong belief (for reasons I gave earlier, in this post (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515021#post515021)) that there is a covert alien agenda at play to support the establishment of the World Government of the New World Order, and that's why friends of mine who are archaeologists and who find anything that goes against that alien agenda cannot get their work supported financially or get their finds published officially. The myth of the monosyllabic, grunting, arse scratching caveman is the one they want you to believe. So that when any anomaly appears that goes against that, the only logical conclusion that can be drawn is that it must have been ETs. They want you to reach that conclusion by yourself, so that you're more likely to believe it. However, there is no evidence for ETs ever being on this planet. And so the powers-that-be have pulled off a very good trick.

[Ishtar]

Witchy, I've found the research about wider birth canals in older types of humans. I remembered it wrongly, though. Neanderthal birth canals didn't have that tricky bend, which is why the post is called: Neanderthal babies didn't do the twist (http://www.ishtarsgate.com/forum/showthread.php?190-Neanderthal-babies-didn-t-do-the-twist&highlight=Neanderthals%2Bbirth+canal).

It does, however, show that older species had wider birth canals ... begging the question, did cranial sutures develop over time, as part of an evolutionary process to make births easier for modern humans?



Giving birth is more difficult--and dangerous--for modern humans than for any other primate. Not only do human mothers have to push out babies with unusually big heads, but infants also have to rotate to fit their heads through the narrow birth canal. Now, a new virtual reconstruction of the pelvis of a Neandertal woman suggests that Neandertal mothers also had a tough time giving birth to their big-headed infants--but the babies, at least, didn't have to rotate to get out.

Once upon a time, a major shift took place in the evolution of childbirth. Fossil female pelvises of a 1.2-million-year-old Homo erectus, a 3.1-million-year-old australopithecine, and a 500,000-year-old archaic modern human all contain oval birth canals that are widest transversely--from side to side--when viewed from the top. But modern women's birth canals, though also oval, change shape halfway down the birth canal so that they are widest from front to back at the bottom, near the pelvic outlet. This means that the baby has to rotate its head to fit as it moves through the birth canal. If a baby fails to rotate, another part of its body, such as its shoulders, hands, or feet, may obstruct the birth canal, which is painful and dangerous for the mother and infant.

That comes from Science (http://news.sciencemag.org/sciencenow/2009/04/20-02.html?rss=1) magazine.

[Billy]

So the lesson for today is about skull binding.

Our ancestors, around 9,000 years ago, were into skull elongation, and it was carried out to signify group affiliation or social status, and probably began with having religious significance. After all, giving a shaman a huge cranium would be a good metaphor for that function of being able to visit, in trance, other dimensions.

In other words, these skulls did not belong to ETs... or if they did, there's no evidence for it. There is, however, plenty of evidence for skull binding of infants.

Thanks for listening. :cool:




Maybe the last few posts are off topic, or a new thread should be created

Here it is said that they have analyzed the dna of the bodies from the lengthened skull, they are half human and the other half something else

2cYGDYevC14

NRt5JQgpGOs

[Ishtar]

Well, I need proper research, not sensationalistic videos with creepy music ... which are part of psy-ops as far I'm concerned. Once I hear that creepy music, I know someone is trying to creep me out rather than to present objective evidence in a neutral way.

If they're saying that the DNA is half man and half alien, then where is the alien DNA that they're comparing it to? We don't any alien DNA on Earth... because we don't have any aliens on Earth.

All they can say for sure is half of the DNA is that of modern man, and the other is not similar to modern man's or to Neanderthal, because we have DNA for modern man and also Neanderthals. But there were many species of man before us and alongside us for which we don't any DNA. So saying it is DNA that is recognisably man's (modern man) and something else could equally mean that is from another species of man as from ET.

I'm not really interested in contributing to a break out thread on this subject, because I think it will be pointless. If people want to believe in ETs, they see ETs everywhere and in everything, whereas a researcher into prehistory will see something else.

[Billy]

Well, I need proper research,

.

Hi Ishtar, If you take the time to research Lloyd Pye's who i have met, you will find his research is backed up with scientific evidence.
http://www.starchildproject.com/index2.htm

g_vqT1sN8og

[WhiteFeather]

Thanks for the info Bill much appreciated. I have been viewing this website as of late and I noticed that the website you linked to this original thread http://golden-rule.org has a message from Salusa listed on this website here: http://golden-rule.org/2012/07/02/salusa-july-2-2012/ Does your source support Salusa as well. As you know there are mixed feelings on this topic of Channeled Messages. Interested to know.

[TheGoldenRule1]

I'll begin with the closing statement:

For me, I won't be any one's energetic battery. That's not what I'm here for. There's an Inner Light that grows as it is shared with all that are ready to receive and pass along. Either way, I've got my continuing assignment - this 3D existence is not it. It's coming to a close. Time for a wardrobe change.

I didn’t read Bill Ryan’s complete post because I didn’t want to be influenced by what he shared. I’ve only listened to the Dutch vid. My take on it was that it was designed to throw more confusion into the mix. Dutch's main objective was for people not to believe that they’ve experience ET’s, nor will there be a spiritual transformation. He uses all the right flag words that would fit everyone’s different belief systems on this topic of Dec., 2012. BTW: Dutch believes what has been feed to him. He's not at fault.

IMO this vid is designed to keep everyone in confusion, fearful, and keep them busy with outside opinions too busy to come up with one’s own opinions. Below are some snippet notes that made me question what is the real purpose of this interview. We learned nothing new. It’s another propaganda vid. (The notes below are only a rough outline for myself, but decided to add to the post.)

-14:47 “Jerk off” gesture and speaking that didn’t match the conversation that was playing on the vid.
-14:55 While interviewer asking a question, interviewer, “Dutch” appeared to be speaking. i.e, voice patterns didn't match.
-15:15 it sounds like he’s coming back into the room while the figure sitting continues to speak
- 20:35 - inner dimensional vehicles, not ET’s got knocked out when there was an electrical storm
21:48 FFT: reason for chemtrails with particles to “disrupt vehicles electromagnetical force to operate vehicles get disrupted by our natural weather patterns”.
21:50 They get knocked into our dimension. This reasoning was told by authorities, therefore could be propaganda.
22:00 They were briefed by government. So, not Dutch’s opinions.
27:00 AI therefore no organs, you only see hydraulics and circuitry. But wasn’t shown on film. Dutch seems to be trying to convince by saying that the blood is green, would that make more sense to you because it’s hydraulics. It’s been awhile since I’ve seen it. My question is was there mechanical parts? Not that I recall.
40:00 - 45:00 Propaganda to propagate fear of the end of the world. It’ll give people a chance to make this decision of what they want to do. Event or prophecy. 1980 briefing about Dec., 2012 & Mayan calendar.
46:00 back side of the moon since 1960 because world will end
51:00 There’s a side to pick. Good and evil.
52:00 Get underground for 7 years. TR3B triangular transports want the people to think it’s ET but it’s them preparation underground.
56:00 God the creator created many races, distracts us from preparation of underground.
57:30 Implies God is withholding information. The vid brings in the God card like he’s one of us but is Omnipotent.
* red flag 59:00 His info has been spoon fed to him by government: “I’m offering the piece of the puzzle that every one thinking they’ve been abducted, people that have seen UFO’s...” Briefed by government, so, not Dutch’s opinions.
61:00 Spiritual side of this is only a domino effect. Just confusing everyone.
62:00 Their mystical and don’t believe in God and everything. Flag words all tossed into a couple of sentences. This is to add confusion into the mix to naive people. Trying to sell books or limelight. The stories are all made up.
64:00 Loading up ships to bring supplies into inner earth.
66:00 bring stuff to moon
70:00 These are all subtle programming: The minute I pull that trigger, it’s over with in seconds. People won’t resist.

WhiteCrow, I just would like to respond to this since I was the "designer" of the interview, the interviewer and I happen to know Dutch myself. I'm not a propagandist and am not trying to generate fear, only understanding and a deeper knowledge of the interconnected conspiracy we are involved in.

Dutch has his own belief system, his own experiences and his own truth so obviously he's going to have strong feelings about what's 'TRUE' to him - the only "purpose" in bringing this video into the fold is for people to hear the information and understand it for themselves. They may have more information that disproves some of what Dutch is saying. OR they may have LESS information, and find this a very informative video about some of the dirty goings-on in the black project military. It really is in the eye of the beholder - I appreciate your comments but some of the assumptions of my intent are a little off base. This literally was just a discussion with a US Army vet to see what he knew and where he was coming from. Everything else is up to the viewer to discern.

I'm very new to this information and probably a lot less informed than many here who have been at this for a while - so to think I designed the interview to confuse people is a little silly. :-)

[zebowho]

I'd say this thread is off topic again but what's the point! After 10 pages I keep coming back to one point that has only been grazed by a few anyway.

Collective Humanity! <-- think about the two rebellions in the movie Stargate.



So the controllers are moving off planet...? <-- what will WE do.
So the controllers are trying to sacrifice the rest of us...? <--what will WE do.
So a group of people are trying to run away from something big coming...? <--what will WE do.
So there is a big "something" headed this way...? <--again, what will (or can) WE do.

I firmly believe that we all have free will, including those we perceive as "evil". This in my opinion does not negate God or say he isn't doing anything in fact he is, by allowing us to exercise our free will. Furthermore, if there are ET's and they have meddled with ancestral DNA, that doesn't make them God, instead they are just another race exercising their free will or as some have said, the fallen ones trying to usurp.

You present some excellent points to consider Bill but I can't help but think these are just more distractions, not intended as such by you, but either the controllers or maybe... life trying to help us learn to focus, together. Put the OP on a back burner for a moment and consider this:

We've all heard that remote viewers or psychics could not see past 2012 (regardless of what is coming from space). We all feel "something" approaching (some call it ascension) even if we do not believe remote viewing and/or psychic ability. Could it not be that what the RV'ers and psychics couldn't see (or even what we individually feel coming) was a cross roads or point in time where humanity finally has a real chance to stand together once and for all or keep falling down the spirals of greed, laziness(meaning "let others fix it") and a self centered mindset and all controlled by scarcity. Maybe that "brick wall" I've heard some mention isn't a brick wall at all but a decision that has yet to be "collectively" made. What would happen if the majority of the human population learned that they had power, they had us and we them. Power of the mind, power in faith or belief and power within ourselves, and all to do whats right. If that were to happen at the same time, Wouldn't that be one hell of a crescendo for humanity! This could also be considered "ascension" (if only spiritually) could it not.

I believe there is a real and potentially awesome power in the collective "WE" and when we finally find that power in unity (enter the OP) it will not matter where the controllers are or whats coming, we would have the acquired confidence to handle the first and possible ability to deflect (decide?) the latter.

No matter how it comes about though, I firmly believe this is the underlying point to all the drama in the world today. That We need to remember ourselves, not in what we want but in what others need (including this world and all life she harbors) and take that step together!

When will we stop focusing on "so and so's" book, or "so and so's video" or "so and so's intel" and start focusing on US. I've been listening to alternative personalities since C2C first started taking it on, back in the early 90's. When will we start to look at the logical conclusion from where we currently sit.

What will WE do?

-z

[Ishtar]

This is the last one of these ridiculous videos I'm going to respond to because a) it's taking us off-topic and b) it's a waste of my time talking to people who have no background in anthropalaeontology but who insist on every anomaly that turns up being proof of ET being on Earth.

This is a totally unscientific conclusion from Lloyd Pye, that the nuclear DNA did not react with any known human markers and so this meant that the father of the so-called "Starchild" was not human.

That's like saying ..."I don't know who my father is, so it was probably Jabba the Hutt!" :rolleyes:

There are so many genetic haplogroups that are not yet recorded because, as I said in my last post, DNA samples have only been recovered from homo sapien skeletons, and a tiny bit from one Neanderthal (about which there is some argument about, whether it was tainted in its discovery). Otherwise, there are many many species of archaic humans for which the DNA is not known yet.

The father’s unusual DNA is most likely the result of an unknown haplogroup that survived in the Americas. We have no Homo Erectus or Homo Floresiensis DNA to compare it with. So who’s to say the father wasn’t one of those? It would be much more believable than an alien wishing to have sex with a human woman ~ except to someone who wants to believe otherwise and when someone does, it's a waste of time reasoning with them.



Well, I need proper research,

.

Hi Ishtar, If you take the time to research Lloyd Pye's who i have met, you will find his research is backed up with scientific evidence.
http://www.starchildproject.com/index2.htm

g_vqT1sN8og

[Jenci]

Well, I need proper research, not sensationalistic videos with creepy music ... which are part of psy-ops as far I'm concerned.


No creepy psy ops music here :)


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sVI2FrMuM4o&feature=player_embedded#!


Previous interviews to the above update http://www.spectrumradionetwork.com/Archive/lloyd-pye-intervention-theory-essentials-human-origins.html



Jeanette

[Jeffrey]

Here's an old thread exploring the topics and themes set forth in Courtney Brown's ebook Cosmic Explorers (http://www.courtneybrown.com/publications/CosmicExplorersByCourtneyBrown.pdf).

http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=19231

Also, here are a few interesting excerpts from [I]The Dulce Book (http://www.whale.to/b/dulce_b.html)by Branton.





According to one Navy intelligence source the 33-plus Masons [there are allegedly several degrees above the 33rd degree which interact directly with the draconians and are part of the interplanetary initiatory lodges] intend to set the left-wing caverns and the right-wing caverns against each other in order to depopulate the underground realms so that they can impose absolute Bavarian-Draconian global control of 'both' worlds. The 33+ and higher degrees according to this source intend to ride out the inferno in super-secret fortified caverns while the 33rd and lower degree masons and their respective left-wing and right-wing armies will be left to die in the surface and subsurface wars. It may be that some of the 33+ Masons intend to ride-out the holocaust in their Alternative-3 bases on the Moon and Mars...





There is not much I can tell you there [about alien installations on the moon]. I wasn't in the Lunar Program. I heard there was a LOT of equipment sent to the moon between 1959-1964 under "Project Whiteout".





One source has stated that these events on Mars and Luna were one of the main themes of discussion at the notorious meeting which took place between George Bush, Mikhail Gorbachev and the Eastern spiritual leader Maitreya [...whom the secret government has reportedly been teleporting around the world using Montauk-type technology in an attempt to provoke a worshipful response from those to whom he appears. Maitreya is the New World Order's "ace in the hole" and may or may not even turn out to be "the one" mentioned in Revelation chapter 13]. This meeting took place on the Island of Malta in the late 1980's, and resulted largely out of Bush and Gorbachev's terror over the events on Mars and the Moon, as well as similar threats that were being faced by the "Alternative-2" underground colonies maintained by the Military-Industrial Establishment in 'joint-capacity' with the Greys. However let's get back to the subject at hand.

What Brown sensed was that the Greys were desperate. They realized that they not only needed to genetically upgrade their race, but also needed to attain emotional individuality in order for their culture to survive [and this may have something to do with the 'hybrid' projects]. However they are trapped by the collective itself... there is presently a great sense of panic within the collective combined with a bizarre sense of protection which the combined psychic continuity of the collective provides. Although they are desperate to attain emotional individuality which they are attempting to do by interfacing with humans, assimilating human genetics, and producing quasi-hybrid genetic offspring, they cannot fully make the break from the collective without the help of those who already exist in an individualized state, namely the humans...

The problem with the collectivist Greys is that -- although they need the humans -- the self-destructive instructions coming down through the collective itself from the Luciferian hierarchy are sobotaging all attempts to deal with humans on a reasonable basis. Once they establish an agreement with a humanoid culture for whatever motive, the collective commences to use the agreement for its own imperialistic agendas, and the human collaborators are betrayed and sometimes destroyed [as in the case of some of the Alternative 2 and 3 bases], and war and/or conquest inevitably results.

I believe without a doubt that we have been working on projects to colonize the moon, underground, and also to colonize Mars... I've talked with scientists, I've talked with former NASA astronauts who believe without a doubt that this is what's going on. They don't feel like its anything alien, some of the astronauts say they felt like, well this is just a technology that we've developed on our own, and that certainly population is a problem that you have to think about way in advance and that humans have come to all of these conclusions themselves. I disagree, I think that it was an alien technology that was given to us (and/or recovered from "crash sites"? - Branton), and I think that we're running with it, and we've already started. Like with the Biosphere, a lot of people think that that is just for learning about our ecology and things like that, plants, animals and all of that. I know that was a front. I know of a lot of things that went on underground there. That is also an underground facility, it's a massive facility and it's a wonderful facility. The technology there being tested was alien technology. All this will be used when they start to colonize the moon and Mars...

I can tell you right now that the main weakness of the Greys [reference Cooper's material, there are different types of 'greys'] is that they have no soul, they are soulless. Do not allow them to tell you otherwise. Some of them have been known to try to impart some type of [false] religious philosophies on people that they've abducted, and the thing is you have to realize that these aliens have their own agenda, and its not something that I feel is a positive one really. So I have found out from dealing with them most of my life, they are soulless, they have no soul, and when it comes to my religious beliefs or background -- I'm not afraid to say it, I'm a Christian, I believe in God, I believe in one ultimate being... God, who created all, all alien beings of all kinds... all different constellations where people have colonized throughout the universe... beings, animals, things we probably have no idea about. Certainly I have to believe that the Greys are, the only way I can describe it is that they are an empty, empty case... There's nothing there other than a superior technology type of brain apparatus up in their skull area. Otherwise they are of no use to us really, they are really of no use. They are used to impart different technologies and give us information, but as far as trusting them, I do not trust them as far as I could throw them.

The thing to remember would be to use caution, since rebel angels have the ability to appear as "angels of light" to those who they are capable of deceiving. So examine their messages as though your soul depended on it, if you do happen to encounter such a being or beings. As for the Draconians themselves, in all fairness 'individual' reptiloids are not the ultimate 'enemy', the enemy is the luciferian collective under which they serve, and the same can be said for the New World Order which is prophesied in the Book of Revelation -- those who are enslaved in this system by choice or deception are not the ultimate enemy, the Luciferian system itself is the enemy! Something that is not often considered is the reptilian's perspective in regards to physical and spiritual survival. One of the problems is that the reptilians are intelligent and sentient enough -- thanks in part to the Luciferians who aided in destroying the original immortal status of both mankind and beasts -- to realize that when they die physically, they also die spiritually, due to the fact that they have no inherent 'soul'. The reptilians fully realize this, and it terrifies them to no end. One of the reasons for the 'hybrid' projects is not only to develop certain physical attributes within their race, but most importantly to give their posterity a 'soul' so that they can survive beyond the grave, hopefully in an eternity of bliss rather than one of torment. We should not say that because a being has reptilian 'genes', they are as a result 'evil'. Evil is not genetic, but a choice one makes. Because of the fact that many of the reptilians are mere 'cells' in a Luciferian collective 'hive', it is not the individual reptilians that are at fault [if there is in fact such a thing as 'individual' reptilians] so much as it is the hive itself. The hive must be the target of our attacks and especially any particular power-centers or mainframes that guide the Hive. Attempts should be made by humanoids on earth and beyond to attack the Hive and break individual reptilian 'cells' free from its constraints.

Also, the top secret project code-named "NOAH'S ARK" used the tube shuttles in connection with a system of over one hundred [100] bunkers and "bolt holes", which have been established at various places on Earth (including beneath nearly every military base and many Airports in North America. - Branton). They built the same type of subterranean tunnels at the ultra-top-secret Moon and Mars bases as well. Many of these underground cities are complete with streets, sidewalks, lakes, small electrical cars, buildings, offices and shopping malls...

LUNA-1 is the Rigelian base on the far side of the Moon. It includes a base, a mining operation using very large machines, and very large Alien Crafts or carrier ships. WAVENEST is the Rigelian base in the Atlantic Ocean, and includes an underwater Alien base, mining and big cigar-shaped crafts.

Rigelians made contacts with certain members of the MILITARY-INDUSTRIAL ['Corporate' or 'Secret' government] complex from 1947-1971 ... The 'government' thought that the Grays meant us no harm, but in 1982 and 1988 the picture that emerged was exactly the opposite. The story now is one of great deception at several levels. The Grays 'Trojan Horse' style manipulation and lying involved MJ-12/MAJIC Forces (The CURRENT agreements with the Grays within the NSA-connected levels of the Military-Industrial Complex, some sources have implied, continue as a result of the large level of alien infiltration and mind-control that exists throughout certain levels of the Intelligence Community - Branton). The inner core of the CIA/NSA is deeply controlled by the Grays ... Working under the instructions of the aliens from Rigel, the CIA and former[?] Nazi scientists have developed and deployed malignant strains of bacteria and viruses, including AIDS, in order to exterminate 'undesirable' elements of the human population

Actually, as it turns out, THEY [the secret societies] are now being 'dominated' by the 'aliens'. One can only assume that if certain humans would 'sell out' their own kind to an alien race and use such an unholy alliance to gain domination over their fellow man, then they should consider the fact that they, according to universal law, must in the same way open THEMSELVES up to manipulation and control by their supposed benefactors. Thus one can see the utter insanity of hoping to establish domination of others by petitioning the assistance of an Imperialistic alien force. The human 'elite' may think that their reptilian collectivist hosts will shower their egos with praise and rewards for their cooperation in selling out their own planet, but in reality the draconians consider the human elite as being useless "weeds", as they do all humans in general, but necessary fodder in order to carry out their agenda.

Mr. Hamilton continues: "...The underground complexes are not confined to the U.S. alone! A large underground complex operated by 'the U.S.' exists at Pine Gap, near Alice Springs, Australia.

"...It appears that the secret societies among us have become aware of the coming planetary eco-catastrophe & the possibility of an earth polar shift in the near future. Surveying the earth from space, satellites & shuttles reveal EXTENSIVE DAMAGE TO OUR ECOSPHERE! Our planet is wobbling on its axis & its magnetic field is decaying! Ozone depletion & the greenhouse effect are rapidly endangering life on our planet. Alternatives, which include - 1] direct handling of the atmospheric problems, 2] taking shelter in underground domains, & 3] escape to other planetary bodies in the solar system, have been devised in secret. However there is a possible Alternative 4 which mostly depends on a completely different idea on how to save the earth..." (this MAY be, in essence, a project to colonize other 'dimensional' frequencies or densities that exist elsewhere within the superspectrum of the ONE Omniversal 'Reality'... although others have suggested that Alternative-4 may involve a HAARP type manipulation of the atmosphere in an effort to get CONTROL of the situation - Branton).

Alternative 4 is interesting too considering the use of HAARP and that this kind of technology was developed and installed under heavy influence by these entities. A possibility is that they will use that technology to facilitate a transition of planes so to speak. It would be like us terra-forming another planet so it would be more accesible to us - instead of terra-forming they are manipulating frequencies (frequa-forming?).

The planes of existence are aggregations of common frequencies and are separated by critical barriers (veils). If these entities are lower astral, well that dimension is already very close and already we have bleed throughs by certain natural phenomena and certain occult rituals (and transdimensional ships/souless biological agents - greys). Something like HAARP could net the earth in an astral friendly cocoon for not so friendly extradimensional beings - a hell on earth type senario. It is possible that due to our position in the cosmos right now and the structural vulnerability of our ionophere and magnetosphere (ie pole flip/shift) there is a window of opportunity for what was just laid out. Maybe.

Look at Duncan O'Finoian's material too, he knows it's coming.

Those exerpts also touched on social-memory-complexes. This is Luciferian! It is not something to aspire to! We don't evolve into collectives like that! That's like shedding your ego for an even bigger, collective ego. Again, look at the motifs about reptilian "over-lords" and the overmind in Childhood's End by Arthur C. Clarke. Here's more on that:

http://www.sparknotes.com/lit/childhoodsend/themes.html

Grind all this against Bill Cooper's material, the material in the OP, and the Archontic/Luciferian agenda. I am convinced that there is an ET aspect as well as an underlying ED aspect to all of this.

Also, here's a C2C with Norio Hayakawa (among others). I couldn't find one without ads, sorry.

x8Q2LdvU89c

Norio Hayakawa's blog: http://noriohayakawa2012.blogspot.com/

Here is another interview with Hayakawa only: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v5Ko-dkT4D0

[RunningDeer]

WhiteCrow, I just would like to respond to this since I was the "designer" of the interview, the interviewer and I happen to know Dutch myself. I'm not a propagandist and am not trying to generate fear, only understanding and a deeper knowledge of the interconnected conspiracy we are involved in.

Dutch has his own belief system, his own experiences and his own truth so obviously he's going to have strong feelings about what's 'TRUE' to him - the only "purpose" in bringing this video into the fold is for people to hear the information and understand it for themselves. They may have more information that disproves some of what Dutch is saying. OR they may have LESS information, and find this a very informative video about some of the dirty goings-on in the black project military. It really is in the eye of the beholder - I appreciate your comments but some of the assumptions of my intent are a little off base. This literally was just a discussion with a US Army vet to see what he knew and where he was coming from. Everything else is up to the viewer to discern.

I'm very new to this information and probably a lot less informed than many here who have been at this for a while - so to think I designed the interview to confuse people is a little silly. :-)

Hello TheGoldenRule1, if you go to the post this is what it says:


Out of respect for TheGoldenRule1, I've removed this post. I'm sorry if I've offended You or Dutch. In the end, it's all just words. Go within for the answers.

Peace,
WhiteCrowBlackDeer

[FrankoL]

I think no one will go off world (physically) because it is impossible and it doesn't make sense on the other hand.

Elite disposes all available resources, so why escape? Because of the upcoming event? Hmmm... Even thou there is a possibility there is no where to go. Face it, we would all die.

Clear enough it is not the case. Human kind has expanded to the point that resources are not anymore in abundance. We are consuming our last breath, so to say. See the point?

The real hypothesis would be why gatekeepers allowed this to happen? They did it on purpose and why? Pure guess, to build infrastructure and wealth needed for a new generation. After work is done the workforce is not needed anymore. Truth.

While you were building, you haven't even asked why and what for. Just blindly executed the requested tasks for daily bread and to thirst your growing needs. Most of them were not even necessary. But you badly wanted them to the point you haven't seen anything else.

However, the work has been accomplished and that is important. With your blessing, to be on the safe side. Now what? You are starting to realize that something is going on. Clever guys are thinking, big time. Yes, someone is leaving planet on a flat disk. Guess who?

Don't cry it will be event of your life(s). That is what you wanted from this experience, right? You failed as usual.

Pardon for being ironic...but I couldn't resist

(by saying you includes also me)

[Rocky_Shorz]

This is the last one of these ridiculous videos I'm going to respond to because a) it's taking us off-topic and b) it's a waste of my time talking to people who have no background in anthropalaeontology but who insist on every anomaly that turns up being proof of ET being on Earth.

This is a totally unscientific conclusion from Lloyd Pye, that the nuclear DNA did not react with any known human markers and so this meant that the father of the so-called "Starchild" was not human.

That's like saying ..."I don't know who my father is, so it was probably Jabba the Hutt!" :rolleyes:

There are so many genetic haplogroups that are not yet recorded because, as I said in my last post, DNA samples have only been recovered from homo sapien skeletons, and a tiny bit from one Neanderthal (about which there is some argument about, whether it was tainted in its discovery). Otherwise, there are many many species of archaic humans for which the DNA is not known yet.

The father’s unusual DNA is most likely the result of an unknown haplogroup that survived in the Americas. We have no Homo Erectus or Homo Floresiensis DNA to compare it with. So who’s to say the father wasn’t one of those? It would be much more believable than an alien wishing to have sex with a human woman ~ except to someone who wants to believe otherwise and when someone does, it's a waste of time reasoning with them.



Well, I need proper research,

.

Hi Ishtar, If you take the time to research Lloyd Pye's who i have met, you will find his research is backed up with scientific evidence.
http://www.starchildproject.com/index2.htm

g_vqT1sN8og

I'd love to get you and Onyx together...

Onyx ET Link (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?15909-My-ET-contact-experiences--discussions-Q-A-panel-etc.-&p=169921&viewfull=1#post169921)

[Daughter of Time]

Bill Ryan post # 1

I wrote here, yesterday:

I genuinely don't yet know exactly what to make of this, but I'm compiling and carefully evaluating some evidence that seems to suggest that the global controllers may be preparing to leave the planet. Not as in exiling themselves, but as in leaving a ship that they believe will sink with no reasonable hope of salvage.

Remember: their personal sense of commitment is to protect (and manage/ control/ exploit) the human genome... not to take care of individuals, about which they care pretty much as a farmer cares for the fate of individual cows in a very large herd.

All that farmer wants is to stay in business. He doesn't feel compassion for any cows that suffer, are sick, or go to the slaughterhouse. That's not the game he's playing. His goal is completely different.

I happened to run into the information below today written by Gabriel Chiron who mentions that he is an Ultraterrestrial. His web site is linked below.

This is a no-nonsense Ultraterrestrial who says it just as he thinks it. This reading is very hard-hitting, but I suspect that what he describes as the real ET attitudes toward humans on terra Earth, is exactly what they really do think of us. And, in some respects, I can't help but agree.

Intergalactic Politics

This is an extremely interesting history of historical ET politics that have led up to our present day situation(s).

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_intergalacticpolitics.htm


Seriously, if the reader of this article below stems from an ego-base, you might want to read something else. This article is anything but complimentary to the human population. There are, however, many points that Chiron has raised that I cannot but agree with. This is hard-hitting.

Who and What Are the Extraterrestrial Cosmic Powers
by Gabriel Chiron

ETI attitudes toward humanity are not very flattering.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_extraterrcosmicpowers.htm



Gabriel Chiron's web site

Minotaur Labyrinth

http://www.absolutoracle.com/Minotaurlabyrinth/index.htm

Articles by Gabriel Chiron

http://www.absolutoracle.com/Minotaurlabyrinth/articles.htm

I am rather enraged at the Gabriel Chiron materials.

I agree that many earthlings seem to be imbecils, and many actually are. And even the brightest ones may seem imbecillic to "them". But are humans to blame for this?

Would we be such imbecils if ETs hadn't messed with us? Would we be so brain dead if we hadn't become their "farm"?

When I think of commercial cattle, I don't think those cows are imbecils. I find it so sad that they are used for their milk, their meat, their hide, and maltreated to boot. They are beaten into submission, as if cows weren't submissive enough! I don't feel quite the same about cattle that are raised organically on large meadows where they can feed, roam and play as they wish. Their milk is used also, but at least their udders are not infected and dragging pus filled on the ground. They're not abused. They end up providing meat but they have a decent life. But parasitic ETs have treated us like commercial cows. Is it any wonder that we are imbecils as a race?

If indeed everything in this universe works by agreement then it is totally conceivable that once upon a time before we ended up in flesh bodies we entered some kind of game with other races. And since they were more clever and more devious than us then they beat us, repeatedly, until we became unconscious and forgot the game we were playing. Is it fair to deem us imbecils because we've suffered too many traumas to remember how it all first began?

This would be akin to someone borrowing money from a neighbour, then the neighbour gets into an accident and suffers a concussion and loses memory. So the other person doesn't bother to return the money that's been borrowed, instead, they beat the neighbour over the head again, causing another concussion, and borrowing more money because the neighbour has forgotten about the money previously borrowed. Then the parasitic neighbour causes an electric shock on the already amnesiac neighbour in order to borrow more money which will never be returned. Should we blame the trusting neighbour for entering into the agreement of lending money, or lending anything else for that matter?

Chiron admits that humans have been duped, but where is the compassion? And more importantly, where is the help we need to rid ourselves of the parasites? Certainly a brilliant, knowledgeable Ultraterrestrial must have some answers as to how we should proceed to regain autonomy. But the answers are not supplied.

And Chiron tells us that superior ETs like Jesus, Buddha, Krishna, came here to help but it was a waste of their time and gifts because we're such idiots (paraphrasing). It wasn't a waste of time because we're idiots. It was a waste of their time because too many manevolent ETs prevented us from learning from them. How can one teach a race that's been brain washed and traumatized?

What we need is a benevolent Ultraterrestrial to guide us, and not one to tell us that we are harshly judged for our fates.

Chiron's information only serves to make us feel more impotent and to plummet us into an abyss of deeper imbecility.

[peace]

gah.
the day we start relying on bruisch's word is a sad one. i'm not calling him crazy. i'm saying he's probably not honest. and the venom his website spits out about project camelot is just atrocious.

again, not crazy. more than likely a liar.

:twitch:

and this should be taken into account. it should be. the way this man, or more appropriately, his handlers, conduct themselves in the public eye should be taken into account when listening
to.
anything.
they.
say.

just because a few dots line up, doesn't mean we have a picture. doesn't mean we should trust the dots.

the internet is big, isn't it possible mr. deacon read up on mr. bruisch and made it coorelate?
and lets not forget, mr. bruisch also wasn't the first to bring up this theory, and the term j-rod was being used years before he ever said any of the things he probably didn't do.

let's stop believing these people, folks ...

[Melinda]

...but where is the compassion?...
I've not read the Chiron materials, but I found your post beautiful Daughter of Time, and filled with compassion. Even if many of the people here at Avalon are rare in the levels of attention they apply to a more thoughtful, broader outlook than average, the masses who seem so different (to some) have had their truest, loving, compassionate instincts battered and stifled since birth. Still there is great beauty amidst that chaos, even if it is expressed by people in language that doesn't always resonate with others intellectually. It's true that we all need to take responsibility for how we cure our various forms of blindness, but compassion is key to inviting people to even look at their shortcomings. Compassion; sober in its thinking, firm in its intent. It is not a soft-skinned thing that means we amputate the parts of us that feel outraged or that address the darkness with a disciplined mind. It is a practical tool that ideally integrates these elements so we can move forward. Whilst there may be something to be said for 'testing' the ego, the heart-felt intent behind the testing, and the other supplies that the 'tester' intends to bring to the table make all the difference. Thank you for speaking as you did. I always find it uplifting to see people writing that way. It was my dose of compassion for the day. Apologies to all reading if my post added nothing new, but really I'm grateful when I see something spoken in that way.

[HORIZONS]

4 ---
George Green — whom I know pretty well (I had dinner with him last night) — has never referred in any of his interviews or seminars to the elite preparing to leave the planet. I took the opportunity to ask him about this directly, and his answer was simply: “It’s possible”.

At the start of his April 2008 Camelot interview, which is really quite a good one, George does state, from first-hand conversation and contact, that the elite “have their tickets”: what he was told privately, by the then Governor of Colorado, was that the “tickets” were to a safe underground haven in the southern hemisphere.

Regardless of whether the tickets are to a long-stay underground city, or to a base on the moon — this is why there are so few high-level whistleblowers and defections: all the privileged insiders are concerned that if they violate protocol, then the ticket, for themselves and their family, will be voided.

I asked George about this again last night, and he confirmed that was 100% correct.

So, does the ex-Governor get to keep his ticket for the remainder of his life, or does he pass it on to the next Governor? Is it a non-transferrable ticket? What about his family, and any new members to it? Do the grandkids that his children have had since he was Gov get tickets too? What if this goes on for a generation or two - like it has been? Does the new Gov and his/her family get a ticket, or do you have to be related to someone to get one? It seems to me that if this were true the growth of the new ticket holders would surpass the accommodations in the cities that have been built - and who is going to be the janitors in the new cities anyway, who is going to be the servants to those being saved? - as the elite could never survive cleaning up after themselves. Are they going to snatch a few down-and-outers on their way there to do their dirty work for them? Maybe they will enlist some people for these jobs that they would never do themselves - now the ticket list is growing even more-so. Now what will they do? Sounds more like a prison, as the infighting would be so great among such people as this that they would never get along, and the fight for authority would be like a prision yard. Anyone want a ticket to hell? Sorry, but I just don't buy that line of reasoning any longer.

[Snowbird]

Excellent post # 201 Daughter of Time. I could not have said it better myself!

[Chester]

Post #120 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46887-From-Bill-Ryan-the-Ultimate-Hypothesis&p=515109&viewfull=1#post515109) was powerful... I read the first two links contemplatively and especially that second link... bammo - hit right home. The mirror is still hard for me to look in.

justoneman

I also took the time to read post 120 synopsis of the seeding of planet earth and the experiment, and the potential outcome. My "take away" is that neither the Andromedian' or the Milky Way councils, although they don't agree, do not want to destroy the experiment, but salvage the best of it based on their own needs and desires.

As far as the faction known as the elite wanting to leave the planet, they either have some information in regards to the most recent agreement between these two galactic factions, which would be catastrophic, such as terminating the experiment, or they are just errant rogue psychopaths without a clue as to what is really going on, or they screwed up the energetic balance so badly that the verdict has come down that the experiment is irrevocably fatal.

My sense is that the ultimate outcome is life affirming, as i don't see the Andromedian's or the Milky Way galaxies hybridizing influences on the indigenous species here on earth as the final say. The cosmos is far larger and more diverse than just these two galaxies. The one caveat is the ability for this hybrid species to choose to either embrace the technology which took down Atlantis, or embrace the inner technology of firing the Kundalini.

The Kundalini firing is the "canary in the coal mine", the greatest secret, and the biggest fear. This would render the Andromedian's technological goals obsolete.

I first awoke (stage 1) in 2002. I had already been seeking answers to the religious conundrums... but beginning in 2002 I went on a mission, isolated myself for a good 8 or so years, then in 2010, I was able to begin experiencing massive psi experiences. I always developed my own techniques and took some very stupid risks which almost ended the worst way, but somehow I emerged alive and through this forum have been able to complete what I call my stage 2 awakening. This stage 2 awakening can be characterized as - becoming adept at my own psi abilities.

What is my point? The awakening to and then the subsequent development of this 6th sense has been coupled with a transformation into a much different individual than I had been up until 2002 and then the big leap in the last yearish.

Most folks would not have liked the me that was me up until 2002 unless you were someone who saw the opportunity to ride along and benefit from so called "success" that knowing me brought to some. The me that existed between 2002 and about 2010 was a very dark and reclusive me which most folks stayed away from.

Yet once I was able to confirm that Yes... psi actually exists. Yes, I have several psi abilities and that these abilities, like practicing an instrument can become enhanced, and that anyone else likely has these latent abilities and... wow, what a world that opened up. I had to go through a very difficult stage of growth and that is described as...

OK, so you have the "force" but what can you do with it that is any good for anyone else? I say this because... and I am speaking strictly for me... I cannot see any value in using any paranormal abilities that others recognize you to have without it being beneficial to others. For example, I once had a very real "healing" experience. I was able to stop a man in the middle of an epileptic seizure... he was in serious trouble and three or four men were trying to keep him from swallowing his tongue and I was one of many people there but I suddenly had this feeling I call, "the shine" which is like this feeling of pure love... I can't describe it, but you get massive goosebumps and all... and I directed this at this man and then with my will and intention said "stop" in my mind.

The man suddenly locked his eyes on to me like he was a demon that suddenly saw... whatever... and he instantly stopped having the attack. I mean the guy jerked his head around and locked eyes with me and at that instant I sent the energy...

I was about 19 or 20 years old. And I knew that I did not have the rest of the package to use this ability and so I never let it out again for years and years...

I am sorry, I over posted here... the memory took me over - The point is that we have this power but having psi abilities with no moral compass just does not seem compatible. I know the Greys and even "reptilians" and other beings are reported to have superior psi powers, but it is my firmest belief that there is some true, end of the day, moral code at the heart of our universe and that when an individual being brings that forth from within and then uses his abilities wisely as one casts their will, their intention... that those castings when founded by love win all battles. This is the difference maker within spirit beings such as us. And I do not propose to know what love is, but somehow I know love is at the heart of all this.

And though I get a bit fearful about this thread (and the PTBs and all the scary stuff) as to how these possibilities may affect loved ones - some who have yet to find out the truth of who/what they are (as us all)... perfect children of creation (God? source?.. you pick your word), immortal and eternal - I do not give up on love.

Some may know I am an oddsmaker by trade, well they say there are no sure things but I disagree. I know one sure thing to bet on - love, cause love wins all bets. I have never bet on love and lost, ever.

justoneman

[slipknotted]

these ticket holders dont get it because they would rather save them selfs than be a hero to all of humanity .......how could they i just dont understand that .............i would be the hero if i could the wrench in the wheel so to speak

[ghostrider]

what if the goal all along was to rid the earth of these evil men, then the healing can begin once greed exits stage left ? the meek shall inherit the earth. the cabal leaves and earth shifts into another dimension or their moon/prison shifts , either way there is a seperation between us and them.

[Tony]

Dear Bill,

Would you ask George Green, about these 'other world beings' spiritual knowledge and wisdom.
It seems to me that this knowledge is more important than who is or is not on the Moon.

Most information coming through all media seems to be diverting human consciousness.
to keep them looking and being afraid of this physical temporary world.

We know we are embodied beings with the potential of enlightened qualities, but anyone who seems to have contact with 'other beings, never ever say anything to develop or enhance these qualities.

Bob Dean is exactly the same, and all the rest. They act as if they know something, but they definitely do not. I have never heard anyone say something about the mind, and for me to say,
“Well I never knew that about my mind!”

They talk about non interference. This totally ridiculous, the outcome of true spiritual knowledge is compassion, unconditional love. Not leave them in their suffering.

You can see by this forum the confusion going on, they hate teachers, because they no longer trust anyone. “They say, I only trust myself!” Is it really every man for him or her self?

My question is, if these beings are so knowledgable where is their compassion?
That's if they actually exist!


Tony

[Maunagarjana]

what if the goal all along was to rid the earth of these evil men, then the healing can begin once greed exits stage left ? the meek shall inherit the earth. the cabal leaves and earth shifts into another dimension or their moon/prison shifts , either way there is a seperation between us and them.

That would be a pretty ingenious plan. See, that's the thing about trying to piece together exactly what the elites believe. How do we determine how much disinfo they have swallowed, even at the highest levels?

[steveofengland]

Sorry to crash this thread without reading any further that page one, but as I was reading I heard a story on the radio about a piece by constable that had sold for something like £20m, which the "expert" said was a snip. He also said, and this is what struck me "the market is awash with cash, nobody wants it, they want fine art or diamonds".
Apparently that's the highest ever paid for one of constables paintings. Will they be taking all this "fine art" with them when they leave?

[jaybee]

.


Setting aside all the 'evil cabal' and 'satanism' stuff......which I am not into.

If there was an event coming up like the series of CMEs culminating in the (Ed Dames-type) 'Killshot'....that was going to knock out elecricity and bring modern society to it's knees....or even kill most/many of humans on the planet....

Would a pre-planned group of survivors even need to go to the Moon or Mars?

Couldn't they (with suitable magnetic shielding) go into accommodation that orbits the earth. To wait out the initial damage and then return?


I have always had a suspicion that Carl Sagan's (fiction book)...'Contact' might have contained his contribution to Whistleblowing.....

Here's a quote....


http://www.technovelgy.com/ct/content.asp?Bnum=1352



Suddenly, hitherto unheard-of sums of money became available for investment in civilian orbital stations. By the very end of the Second Millenium there were rudimentary retirement hotels a few hundred kilometers up...
There were those who worried that this was an imprudent investment of the limited wealth of the planet... It was foolhardy, they said, to permit an elite class to emigrate to space...

Hardly anyone anticipated the principal outcome, the transfer of a vivid planetary perspective to those who could do the most good. After some years, there were few nationalists left in Earth orbit.



and 'hotels' in space are becoming a reality (remembering what is said about when the public get to hear about major developments...they have probably been around for decades behind the scenes)



from 2009....

http://www.reuters.com/article/2009/11/02/us-hotel-idUSTRE5A151N20091102


(Reuters) - A company behind plans to open the first hotel in space says it is on target to accept its first paying guests in 2012 despite critics questioning the investment and time frame for the multi-billion dollar project.


more info from 2007...


http://edition.cnn.com/2007/TECH/08/14/space.hotel.reut/index.html


Galactic Suite began as a hobby for former aerospace engineer Claramunt, until a space enthusiast decided to make the science fiction fantasy a reality by fronting most of the $3 billion needed to build the hotel.

An American company intent on colonizing Mars, which sees Galaxy Suite as a first step, has since come on board, and private investors from Japan, the United States and the United Arab Emirates are in talks.



.

[Bo Atkinson]

------- (snip)
At the start of his April 2008 Camelot interview (http://projectcamelot.org/george_green.html), which is really quite a good one, George does state, from first-hand conversation and contact, that the elite “have their tickets”: what he was told privately, by the then Governor of Colorado, was that the “tickets” were to a safe underground haven in the southern hemisphere.

Regardless of whether the tickets are to a long-stay underground city, or to a base on the moon — this is why there are so few high-level whistleblowers and defections: all the privileged insiders are concerned that if they violate protocol, then the ticket, for themselves and their family, will be voided.....



I loved all George Green's interviews and his freely offered material on http://nohoax.com/... I never found anyone to discuss it with however. The discussion forum on his site was not especially talkitive. The book's advice seemed to recommend a fairly reserved and almost reclusive model, for the reader or listener to accept fully.

By contrast, Avalon opens up more avenues for reflections and even letting some angst out. Thanks Bill.

Songs seem to echo in the human mind, perhaps among many devices we are cosmically-prodded with... (I sensed a lot of dot-dot connections in the cosmic link, too many for one post here)... So for now just a song...

Beatles - Ticket To Ride
http://youtu.be/d0dhJNxCxhk

d0dhJNxCxhk

They might intuit some premonition there, ending with the line: "my baby don't care".
Perhaps as in certain 'bigger' galactic children who don't care about the youngest (earthlings)...
Self aggrandized and most officially proclaimed earthlings are the baby...
Where planitary-lives are more akin to child-like past times...
Grow up into bigger wakeful states, later, after rebooting PC...
With recall of that amazing earthen dream....
Did we keep it lucid, upbeat and regenerative or did we go dim?


I wonder,

wavydome

[mattymoto]

I had one heck of a realization.....

Our best defense against any type of cosmic catastrophe is our own blessed Mother Earth's atmosphere and magnetosphere. I understand that there may be tech out there that is held tightly secret, but I can't seem to wrap my head around the idea that mankind has found a way to do what I believe nature(god to some) can do better.

If, in fact, these so-called elite are planning to leave Earth- I would have to say that whatever they are running from is only a threat to them. Which leads me to believe that this event that they know about is good for us, and may empower the masses to uncover their dirty deeds.

Fear-Fear-Fear-Fear-DOOOOOOOOM! Seems to be be the the best propaganda.

I really think that these wretched beings know the gig is up, and have known it was going to happen for some time. Like a dog they have been busy trying to bury their bones.

IMO there is one final war to be fought, and then we can lay down our weapons to begin our long march from the "Age of Doubt and Belief" and into the "Age of Knowing."

May the creator be our guide.....for i truly feel this is IT!

Edit to add....


I love you all so much right now. I AM BEAMING :love:


http://evelyn.smyck.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/9621_bee8.gif

[Trail]

12 D Shield Building Technique - Lisa Renee

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XhuLXYLhz-c

I'm a bit late with this but...

Thats the same as the original 12D Maharic Shield technique by Ashayana Deane of (the) Keylontic Science (cult) with a slight alteration in that you should use a double star of david (2x 6 points one white and one dark silver) to get the pale silver 12D shield.

It has been recently noted by some that people who perform their meditations very often are worse off than not doing any meditation at all. I also speak from experience.

I just wanted to point out that there is a lot of controversy around KS lately and maybe just maybe their meditations are not in our best interest.

Lisa Renee may not be Ashayana Deane but she sure uses the same 'teachings' as KS does.

Be warned.

~Trail.

[Maunagarjana]

.


Setting aside all the 'evil cabal' and 'satanism' stuff......which I am not into.

If there was an event coming up like the series of CMEs culminating in the (Ed Dames-type) 'Killshot'....that was going to knock out elecricity and bring modern society to it's knees....or even kill most/many of humans on the planet....

Would a pre-planned group of survivors even need to go to the Moon or Mars?

Couldn't they (with suitable magnetic shielding) go into accommodation that orbits the earth. To wait out the initial damage and then return?

[...]

Assuming they have the technology to create a strong enough magnetic field, I suppose I would ask what is powering this and would that be vulnerable to solar events at times? For instance, if it is powered by nuclear fission, all it takes is one power outage and the reactor could go into meltdown when the cooling mechanism of the reactor is disabled for an extended period of time. They would have to guarantee this wouldn't happen, and if they can't, it would probably be ruled out.

[jaybee]

.


Setting aside all the 'evil cabal' and 'satanism' stuff......which I am not into.

If there was an event coming up like the series of CMEs culminating in the (Ed Dames-type) 'Killshot'....that was going to knock out elecricity and bring modern society to it's knees....or even kill most/many of humans on the planet....

Would a pre-planned group of survivors even need to go to the Moon or Mars?

Couldn't they (with suitable magnetic shielding) go into accommodation that orbits the earth. To wait out the initial damage and then return?

[...]

Assuming they have the technology to create a strong enough magnetic field, I suppose I would ask what is powering this and would that be vulnerable to solar events at times? For instance, if it is powered by nuclear fission, all it takes is one power outage and the reactor could go into meltdown when the cooling mechanism of the reactor is disabled for an extended period of time. They would have to guarantee this wouldn't happen, and if they can't, it would probably be ruled out.


hiya.....maybe they could make sure they are on the darkside of the Earth when IT happens (if indeed IT is going to happen)......dunno...:)

I also don't know how it would be powered...or manoeuvred....perhaps along the lines of the Keshe technology (couple of threads here on Keshe)....using plasmatic magnetic-gravitational power.


I agree that (if all this is true) they would have to guarrantee that the orbital accommodation would not be vulnerable to the what-ever. We hear a lot about how hidden technology has gone way way passed what Joe Public knows about...and so I kind-of think that what I speculated on COULD be safely possible ....?


When I was thinking about this idea of 'survivors' going into Earth's orbit rather than going to the Moon or Mars.....I also thought of the weird 'crafts' that John Walson has filmed....

YkFrA6nQNJg





just putting forward a couple of ideas/possibilities

:thumb:


.

[Andrew]

Op1vxW_g2-Y

He talks about the UFO and its NUCLEAR reactor and we have nuclear reactors in submarines. Also Pete Peterson mentions that when your in a plane high up that your getting equivalent of an X-ray a minute (but no one seems hurt by this?) and that also says there lots of radiation up there in the sky... so if a nuclear reactor melts down would the radiation just find its way up there and not affect the earth?

[Eric J (Viking)]

We all know how consciousness comes to be, and the power of collected thoughts.

http://a2.sphotos.ak.fbcdn.net/hphotos-ak-ash4/382552_322323797856911_888610467_n.jpg

Practice!

viking

[SKAWF]

We know we are embodied beings with the potential of enlightened qualities, but anyone who seems to have contact with 'other beings, never ever say anything to develop or enhance these qualities.

hi Tony

yeah its almost like they could be lying about it.
you might get a change in terminology,
but underneath its the same old human pattern.
i dunno why,
but i expect a greater intelligence to know more than i do.



You can see by this forum the confusion going on, they hate teachers, because they no longer trust anyone. “They say, I only trust myself!” Is it really every man for him or her self?



i dont think its quite as 'run for the exits' as that, but i do firmly believe
that this is a singular experience primarily. it is our own experience.
we are the ones who make all our choices,
unless you want to do my contemplating for me!


i reckon, we sit in the exact center of our very own universe.
and that all things within this experience, revolve around us.

i reckon that principle extends to everyone on the planet....

all of us, little stars in the making.

[Unified Serenity]

Lisa Renee may not be Ashayana Deane but she sure uses the same 'teachings' as KS does.

Be warned.

~Trail.

I couldn't agree with you more. There is nothing quite as tempting as a sweet voice and earnest belief that are wrong imho. I listened to her and I felt like my insides were being clawed out. Made me ill.

[Finefeather]

Time to remember some basics: Alan Watts is one of my favourites to remind me who I am when I venture too close to insanity :wizard:


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pjmIzORBOxA&feature=related

[Chester]

I am rather enraged at the Gabriel Chiron materials.

I agree that many earthlings seem to be imbecils, and many actually are. And even the brightest ones may seem imbecillic to "them". But are humans to blame for this?

Would we be such imbecils if ETs hadn't messed with us? Would we be so brain dead if we hadn't become their "farm"?

When I think of commercial cattle, I don't think those cows are imbecils. I find it so sad that they are used for their milk, their meat, their hide, and maltreated to boot. They are beaten into submission, as if cows weren't submissive enough! I don't feel quite the same about cattle that are raised organically on large meadows where they can feed, roam and play as they wish. Their milk is used also, but at least their udders are not infected and dragging pus filled on the ground. They're not abused. They end up providing meat but they have a decent life. But parasitic ETs have treated us like commercial cows. Is it any wonder that we are imbecils as a race?

If indeed everything in this universe works by agreement then it is totally conceivable that once upon a time before we ended up in flesh bodies we entered some kind of game with other races. And since they were more clever and more devious than us then they beat us, repeatedly, until we became unconscious and forgot the game we were playing. Is it fair to deem us imbecils because we've suffered too many traumas to remember how it all first began?

This would be akin to someone borrowing money from a neighbour, then the neighbour gets into an accident and suffers a concussion and loses memory. So the other person doesn't bother to return the money that's been borrowed, instead, they beat the neighbour over the head again, causing another concussion, and borrowing more money because the neighbour has forgotten about the money previously borrowed. Then the parasitic neighbour causes an electric shock on the already amnesiac neighbour in order to borrow more money which will never be returned. Should we blame the trusting neighbour for entering into the agreement of lending money, or lending anything else for that matter?

Chiron admits that humans have been duped, but where is the compassion? And more importantly, where is the help we need to rid ourselves of the parasites? Certainly a brilliant, knowledgeable Ultraterrestrial must have some answers as to how we should proceed to regain autonomy. But the answers are not supplied.

And Chiron tells us that superior ETs like Jesus, Buddha, Krishna, came here to help but it was a waste of their time and gifts because we're such idiots (paraphrasing). It wasn't a waste of time because we're idiots. It was a waste of their time because too many manevolent ETs prevented us from learning from them. How can one teach a race that's been brain washed and traumatized?

What we need is a benevolent Ultraterrestrial to guide us, and not one to tell us that we are harshly judged for our fates.

Chiron's information only serves to make us feel more impotent and to plummet us into an abyss of deeper imbecility.

I think the key here is to consider the information, consider you may be a starseed or walk-in or some other off world being and that some humans may be indigenous in that they have been here many times before and in fact may be stuck in a repetitive returners complex. If you can step back and view possibility from all those perspectives and avoid the elitist trap (which is something I am prone to... not suggesting you are in the least DOT), you might be able to assimilate the ideas from this (new to me) source, Gabriel Chiron... that's what I had to do and I have benefited from this post from Snowbird Post (#119). Difficult read but my intuition meter rose heavily when I went through it (4 - 5 times now). justoneman

added: Note, I have not had to endure the experiences you have and I truly empathize as I can only imagine how difficult that has been for you and I am extremely glad you are here! justone


added again... and how funny I see the next post by Snowbird and we were at totally different places in this thread... another example of wonderful synchronicity

[Snowbird]

OK, so you have the "force" but what can you do with it that is any good for anyone else? I say this because... and I am speaking strictly for me... I cannot see any value in using any paranormal abilities that others recognize you to have without it being beneficial to others.

Some may know I am an oddsmaker by trade, well they say there are no sure things but I disagree. I know one sure thing to bet on - love, cause love wins all bets. I have never bet on love and lost, ever.

justoneman

You've answered your own question justoneman. By interjecting love into every situation, even family issues, you are utilizing your psi to the absolute utmost.

[Chester]

Dear Bill,

Would you ask George Green, about these 'other world beings' spiritual knowledge and wisdom.
It seems to me that this knowledge is more important than who is or is not on the Moon.

Most information coming through all media seems to be diverting human consciousness.
to keep them looking and being afraid of this physical temporary world.

We know we are embodied beings with the potential of enlightened qualities, but anyone who seems to have contact with 'other beings, never ever say anything to develop or enhance these qualities.

Bob Dean is exactly the same, and all the rest. They act as if they know something, but they definitely do not. I have never heard anyone say something about the mind, and for me to say,
“Well I never knew that about my mind!”

They talk about non interference. This totally ridiculous, the outcome of true spiritual knowledge is compassion, unconditional love. Not leave them in their suffering.

You can see by this forum the confusion going on, they hate teachers, because they no longer trust anyone. “They say, I only trust myself!” Is it really every man for him or her self?

My question is, if these beings are so knowledgable where is their compassion?
That's if they actually exist!


Tony

WoW super excellent post that I had to bump... Thanks, Tony

[greybeard]

At some point in time we all leave the body and then of what use is all the knowledge of the world?
Escaping to the moon or underground is just temporary.
Practical knowledge of course is useful while we are in form but how much do we really need to see us through the day?

Raising ones own consciousness through acts of kindness is beneficial as it raises collective consciousness.
Just a question of priorities.

Chris

[gripreaper]

At some point in time we all leave the body and then of what use is all the knowledge of the world?

The idea is to infuse the body with enough life force so that it does not deteriorate and die. The biggest lie ever perpetuated on us, is that we must die. Why do we have to die? Who said so? Why can't we generate, hold, and focus enough life force energy so that we are fully enlightened within a body? Why is there this notion that one must leave the body to ascend?

I don't want to drag this thread off topic, since it is about "leaving" the planet, but I digress.

[Snowbird]

Dear Bill,

We know we are embodied beings with the potential of enlightened qualities, but anyone who seems to have contact with 'other beings, never ever say anything to develop or enhance these qualities.

Bob Dean is exactly the same, and all the rest. They act as if they know something, but they definitely do not. I have never heard anyone say something about the mind, and for me to say,
“Well I never knew that about my mind!”

They talk about non interference. This totally ridiculous, the outcome of true spiritual knowledge is compassion, unconditional love. Not leave them in their suffering.

You can see by this forum the confusion going on, they hate teachers, because they no longer trust anyone. “They say, I only trust myself!” Is it really every man for him or her self?

My question is, if these beings are so knowledgable where is their compassion?
That's if they actually exist!


Tony

Great post Tony! Where is their compassion? In answer to this question, one has to bravely tread where others fear to tread. In other words, one has to approach the other side which is a domain that most humans are told/instructed to stay the hell away from. The compassion is there in many of these domains. The unconditional love is there in many of these domains.

The real and genuine problem with this answer to your question, is that we can't see them and at times, we can't hear them. But, they are there and have always been there.

Of course there are groups (declining) who think that we are lower than the cattle that Bill mentions in his opening post. They are however, greatly outnumbered by those who demonstrate compassion and unconditional love.

Your mind? I am linking below a new and different article written by Mr. Controversial, Grabiel Chiron...who I am beginning to believe or suspect is from planet Chiron. This article starts out rather slowly, but then goes into explanation of what I believe to be the very crux of the problem of this human condition.

If anyone opens this article, I ask that you read it in its entirety. Its a one-pager.

The Central World Problem:
The Human Brain Cannot Do Reality
by Gabriel Chiron

All the World’s Socially Constructed Realities, its self-destructive prejudices, are unbelievably mechanical, blind and nauseating, rooted right in the cognitive neurosystem, the human brain and throughout the biological and atomic structure of the physical human body. Human beings in general on our suffering planet do not know what is really happening to them or what they are actually doing. The entire globe is very much like a macabre puppet show with over six billion bioneurological puppets unwittingly, awkwardly herking and jerking toward their death and doom without a clue. And each Socially Constructed Robotic Pseudo-Reality feels through all its puppets that it and it alone is the superior view with the superior way of life-habits.



Are you personally clear now that the Central World Problem is indeed that the human brain cannot do Reality?

http://www.absolutoracle.com/Neosocrates/index.htm

[music]

Bill, what are you doing?

This is fear-mongering of the very worst kind.

The premise that the "elites" are going to the moon because the earth is screwed can only predispose people to a violent backlash, which plays right in to the hands of (in the US at least) FEMA and DHS. Violent uprisings are what they are praying for, and if "we" foolishly go there, then that is the moment in which we will be screwed.

[gigha]

No worry's we are all dead. Better stock up on the hot dogs.

I will not buy into fear. We are all eternal.

peace gigha


Bill, what are you doing?

This is fear-mongering of the very worst kind.

The premise that the "elites" are going to the moon because the earth is screwed can only predispose people to a violent backlash, which plays right in to the hands of (in the US at least) FEMA and DHS. Violent uprisings are what they are praying for, and if "we" foolishly go there, then that is the moment in which we will be screwed.

[Chester]

I sense that Bill has confidence in the Avalon community not to descend into fear but instead, through application of intention in the various ways we can manifest our intention, to discuss these matters with optimism in regards to outcomes.

I see his sharing of these informations as complimentary.

Most of us are able to move quickly through a fear phase if we even encounter that phase at all.

[Jeffrey]

I ain't scurd.

P-wOKrD_nRE

[Tony]

The Ultimate Hypothesis.

What is the connection with the OP and everything else.....

...bank culture, wealth, status, porn, TV, violence, alcohol, shopping, gadgets, sport, religion, cooking, aliens, fashion, getting angry, my love, being right, getting more angry, my knowledge, me, you, us and them, forums...

The connection is...addiction!

The frailty of human existence at this moment in time, is based on Desire and Frustration.
The act of desire and frustration creates addiction, so we never find satisfaction.
Addiction is distraction, and never ending!

Addiction is a physical and mental imprisonment.
We can also be addicted to thinking we are free of all this!

Addiction to Self is normal ignorance for sentient beings, this is what keeps us unenlightened
(your truly included), and the Demon Pyramid just plays on it.

We can turn this on it's head by using addiction is the opposite way...addiction to compassion!
Get addicted to caring about others welfare more than your own.

Compassion is totally satisfying, but you cannot expect anything in return!




Tony



Ps To All Off world Beings.... Do WE know something YOU don't?

[gigha]

And this comes to mind. Thank you Tony. Hope you don't mind

I have lived and been intimate with other realities
It does not make me scared
We all live within our own reality
But I do ask myself
Why do some people want me to be scared



MPr_WQm0-UY


The Ultimate Hypothesis.

What is the connection with the OP and everything else.....

...bank culture, wealth, status, porn, TV, violence, alcohol, shopping, gadgets, sport, religion, cooking, aliens, fashion, getting angry, my love, being right, getting more angry, my knowledge, me, you, us and them, forums...

The connection is...addiction!

The frailty of human existence at this moment in time, is based on Desire and Frustration.
The act of desire and frustration creates addiction, so we never find satisfaction.
Addiction is distraction, and never ending!

Addiction is a physical and mental imprisonment.
We can also be addicted to thinking we are free of all this!

Addiction to Self is normal ignorance for sentient beings, this is what keeps us unenlightened
(your truly included), and the Demon Pyramid just plays on it.

We can turn this on it's head by using addiction is the opposite way...addiction to compassion!
Get addicted to caring about others welfare more than your own.

Compassion is totally satisfying, but you cannot expect anything in return!




Tony



Ps To All Off Beings.... Do you know something you don't?

[Tony]

Poor children are going hungry in Britain, schools have started breakfast clubs.
Hungry children cannot concentrate.
Prisons are now mini factories for cheap labour in Britain, America has already privatised prisons.
Police staffing are being cut, we are just waiting for the privatised forces to begin.
The armed forces are being cut.
This creates more people out of work.
Some people have never had a job.
The press are talking about gangs in London again, building up the pressure.

In every walk of life our consciousness is being twisted.

Can you see the pressure pot building up?
Can you spot the social engineering going on?

Though it is up to every individual to wake up to this physical and mental manipulation,
their progress is being hampered by really evil people.

In the ordinary heart there is such goodness, maybe it's that, that they fear!

[gigha]

_4-TYwFS-P0
I think we have all had Enough

Poor children are going hungry in Britain, schools have started breakfast clubs.
Hungry children cannot concentrate.
Prisons are now mini factories for cheap labour in Britain, America has already privatised prisons.
Police staffing are being cut, we are just waiting for the privatised forces to begin.
The armed forces are being cut.
This creates more people out of work.
Some people have never had a job.
The press are talking about gangs in London again, building up the pressure.

In every walk of life our consciousness is being twisted.

Can you see the pressure pot building up?
Can you spot the social engineering going on?

Though it is up to every individual to wake up to this physical and mental manipulation,
their progress is being hampered by really evil people.

In the ordinary heart there is such goodness, maybe it's that, that they fear!

[Unified Serenity]

Poor children are going hungry in Britain, schools have started breakfast clubs.
Hungry children cannot concentrate.
Prisons are now mini factories for cheap labour in Britain, America has already privatised prisons.
Police staffing are being cut, we are just waiting for the privatised forces to begin.
The armed forces are being cut.
This creates more people out of work.
Some people have never had a job.
The press are talking about gangs in London again, building up the pressure.

In every walk of life our consciousness is being twisted.

Can you see the pressure pot building up?
Can you spot the social engineering going on?

Though it is up to every individual to wake up to this physical and mental manipulation,
their progress is being hampered by really evil people.

In the ordinary heart there is such goodness, maybe it's that, that they fear!


Again, this is all according to plan. The Landlord wants to tear down our system because they have a new system ready for us to move into, but we have been too stubborn. They are going to make this one so damn awful we beg for the new one and we thank them for it when we wake up under their complete control. Or we never wake up and that's their real goal. Those of us who are awake will in their eyes, just die off.

[Timreh]

At some point in time we all leave the body and then of what use is all the knowledge of the world?
Escaping to the moon or underground is just temporary.
Practical knowledge of course is useful while we are in form but how much do we really need to see us through the day?

Raising ones own consciousness through acts of kindness is beneficial as it raises collective consciousness.
Just a question of priorities.

Chris

Very good point Chris..


Such great lengths for such a limited period of time?

It would highlight how hopelessly drunk and addicted they are to seeing their(?) agenda through... assuming their agenda is limited to mortality??
Now that is another can of worms.. "What if there is a connection beyond mortality"?? (One that I doubt but.. a very unpleasant thought)

Are they doing this under duress to appease any archontic forces they are in bed with? (an exit and mass culling)

[toothpick]

Bill great thread, lots of back and forth debate love it.

It seems that these people who think theyhave it made are compartmentilized hockey pucks offering other carpartmentilized hockey pucks, so called elit tickets and promises of undergrond safety for thier loved ones. Duh.
They believe they are doing what is right.
They are being hero's to thier family.
All they are doing is creating thier own personal hell of unkept promises.
Never mind that they just up and leave the rest of us humans to die a dredful demise.
Tony has a good point above, 'where is thier compassion.
Ibelieve they are not capable of compassion for fellow man, just themselves and loved ones.
Do they not know that they are being lyed to and decieved by thier vry smart captives?
Maybe they are just stores and supplies for thier very own elite, good luck ALT.3.
My vibrations are screaming stay put and fight the good fight with every one left here and for gaia, as if I have a choice.

[Chester]

I have just written a lengthy post that I believe relates to this thread but best belongs where I have placed it.

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?46122-justoneman-s-session-experience-with-Mark-V.-Johnson-hypnotherapist--and-more-&p=516750&viewfull=1#post516750

justone

[Flash]

The Ultimate Hypothesis.

What is the connection with the OP and everything else.....

...bank culture, wealth, status, porn, TV, violence, alcohol, shopping, gadgets, sport, religion, cooking, aliens, fashion, getting angry, my love, being right, getting more angry, my knowledge, me, you, us and them, forums...

The connection is...addiction!

The frailty of human existence at this moment in time, is based on Desire and Frustration.
The act of desire and frustration creates addiction, so we never find satisfaction.
Addiction is distraction, and never ending!

Addiction is a physical and mental imprisonment.
We can also be addicted to thinking we are free of all this!

Addiction to Self is normal ignorance for sentient beings, this is what keeps us unenlightened
(your truly included), and the Demon Pyramid just plays on it.

We can turn this on it's head by using addiction is the opposite way...addiction to compassion!
Get addicted to caring about others welfare more than your own.

Compassion is totally satisfying, but you cannot expect anything in return!




Tony



Ps To All Off world Beings.... Do WE know something YOU don't?

wow, I had never seen the desire/frustration components of addiction. You turned addiction comprehension upside down in my head. Thanks.

[Chester]

The Ultimate Hypothesis.

What is the connection with the OP and everything else.....

...bank culture, wealth, status, porn, TV, violence, alcohol, shopping, gadgets, sport, religion, cooking, aliens, fashion, getting angry, my love, being right, getting more angry, my knowledge, me, you, us and them, forums...

The connection is...addiction!

The frailty of human existence at this moment in time, is based on Desire and Frustration.
The act of desire and frustration creates addiction, so we never find satisfaction.
Addiction is distraction, and never ending!

Addiction is a physical and mental imprisonment.
We can also be addicted to thinking we are free of all this!

Addiction to Self is normal ignorance for sentient beings, this is what keeps us unenlightened
(your truly included), and the Demon Pyramid just plays on it.

We can turn this on it's head by using addiction is the opposite way...addiction to compassion!
Get addicted to caring about others welfare more than your own.

Compassion is totally satisfying, but you cannot expect anything in return!




Tony



Ps To All Off world Beings.... Do WE know something YOU don't?


This is another great post IMO... not that I know anything (or that what I type is from me without some artificial influence...) but I used to tell folks, "You wanna know the solution to addictions? Become addicted to everything... that way, you have lots of variety you can skip around to in exploring your addictions."

I like Tony's idea better - if one must be addicted to anything, be addicted to compassion. In its simplicity is brilliance (IMO).

[sdv]

I came across this article about an underground facility that seems to be privately owned. Evidence from a truck driver (including photos and a video), and the truck driver reports that (this was back in 2011) there was suddenly the presence of security at the facility. Hard evidence that you might be needing Bill?

http://www.shtfplan.com/emergency-preparedness/shadow-government-bunkers-security-heightened-at-underground-storage-facilities_05092011

Amd here is an interview with Nick Redfern who did research on and wrote a book qabout underground bases: http://www.newdawnmagazine.com/articles/underground-bases-nick-redfern-uncovers-top-secret-places-governments-dont-want-you-to-know-about

And here is a list of underground bases around the world, some with given sources, which is useful: http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_underground18b.htm

[SKIBADABOMSKI]

I came across this article about an underground facility that seems to be privately owned. Evidence from a truck driver (including photos and a video), and the truck driver reports that (this was back in 2011) there was suddenly the presence of security at the facility. Hard evidence that you might be needing Bill?

http://www.shtfplan.com/emergency-preparedness/shadow-government-bunkers-security-heightened-at-underground-storage-facilities_05092011

Amd here is an interview with Nick Redfern who did research on and wrote a book qabout underground bases: http://www.newdawnmagazine.com/articles/underground-bases-nick-redfern-uncovers-top-secret-places-governments-dont-want-you-to-know-about

And here is a list of underground bases around the world, some with given sources, which is useful: http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_underground18b.htm

I enjoyed that 3rd link, thanks for that.
Especially this little bit.. seems like a trivial little story compared to the armageddon theory of this thread but was a good read.


CARTHAGE

Pat Garrett's Reptilian Experience Reported to Mary Sutherland,
BUFO Paranormal and UFO Radio

Incident Date: March 7, 2004

This past Sunday...the 7th. A friend and I were riding two ATVs in a place called, "The Underground" it is a public and private storage facility in Carthage, Mo. What makes this place such a desirable storage facility is that it is all underground...hence the name. They are constantly expanding this place and there are miles and miles of carved out caves in there...and it goes pretty deep. This facility stores thousands and thousands of food containers, all dehydrated for the Navy... I have seen them and it is public knowledge around here. It is also a fall out shelter able to hold some 40,000 to 50,000 people. I tell you this to give some sense of the vastness of the place. I worked there as a subcontractor some 9 years ago... I helped build the office spaces up on top. I started to explore then... about once a month and did so all the way until this past Sunday. However, I never went as far or as deep before either.

It was fun to take the ATVs and cruise underground...no rain or weather problems...ever. We were approx 8 miles in and I'd say maybe 500 feet deep when we took a turn down an area that was marked "Naval Authoritative Zone" I remember making a comment about the Navy getting a ship down there and said that was an easy posting. The walls became more defined as in: polished or finished and this was striking because this was supposed to be a newly blasted area... totally backward I would think...still thinking nothing was wrong we kept going, actually increasing speed because the floor was paved now and we could go faster.

We came up on an unusual painted pattern on the floor and I thought, "cool graffiti... kids have been down here... we're safe... won't get into any trouble." The road dipped down and then it took a 90' turn to the left... we had no warning and we were going too fast. I knew we were going to hit the wall. BUT we DIDN'T... we passed through some kind of projection of the cave siding... although I don't know how it was done...it was real looking. We passed into a whole new road system... this one was large, and much older than where we came from.

We started to smell an odor...musty, damp, growing stronger as we went deeper on smell. The lighting decreased as well probably 60% less than the other area's...we turned on our headlights. We continued on at about 5 to 7 miles an hour for about 5 min and we noticed it was getting cooler... which was to me, very strange...since once inside a cave a certain distance... the temp says the same. We made a right turn and started to come up on what I thought was a rest area on the side... about 40 feet away.

I thought it looked like a pair of fountains until they moved. We both stopped immediately. We were approx. 30' feet away now and what we saw were two creatures, one was very tall at least 7' feet maybe more and very powerfully built... reddish in color and the other was smaller about 6' feet but it was not red in color but pale, like an albino and it was not as powerfully built as the other. They looked like REPTILES... living, walking, intelligent beings... not human... not warm blooded. Reptiles! I know it sounds crazy but it is true.

They said nothing but I did get a strong sense from the big one. A malevolence, evil presence of some kind. My friend screamed and we turned around...a power turn. We started to go back out when my friend said, "the big one" was after us. I looked back and it was following us. I had the overwhelming feeling that if it caught us that harm would come to us. We passed through the wall projection and I looked back and saw the thing raise it's arm and it had a weapon of some sorts. It fired and hit the ATV my friend was on. The engine died and he stopped. I told him to jump on...and he did. I gunned it and then my friend said, "STOP!" I slowed down and he he said, "LOOK!".

I looked back and the thing had stopped at the graffiti on the cave floor/road. The ATV was on it's side of the graffiti/symbol. It was obvious the thing would not cross the marking. I slowed more...we were now about 75' feet away. I stopped and the three of us... Me, my friend and the creature/reptile/man thing just looked at each other... for about 15 sec. And let me tell you... that is a long time. Then I started to leave... It stayed there waiting and not moving until we were out of sight. As soon as we cleared the cave I got on my cell phone and called the Sheriff's Dept. I was told that they would not come out and that "Underground Security" would handle it.

Then they hung up! By law they are not to do that...We can hang up on anyone...but a government office, be it City or Federal can not hang up on you. Anyway, I was shocked and scared and we took off across the outside of the underground over to my truck and sure enough...Underground Security was waiting for us. We were told to leave, not to tell anybody about this...that if I come back...The Navy would press charges.

I was also told that I had 10 min to leave or I would be taken in. What can I say... we left. It has been 3 days since this has happened and I am still shaken. I am a powerful person, 6'4" and 265 lbs and I have never in my life be afraid for my life... until this past Sunday. I lost my one of my two ATV's. As far as I know... it is still down there. My friend will not talk about it and I have not heard anything from anyone about it. I did call the Sheriff's Dept. and they said they never got a call from me. Well, that is my story... I have never had anything strange happen in my life and I am very very concerned about this.

I can tell you this...I had an urge to kill the things I saw down there... I don't know if that is a natural reaction as most people have a natural revulsion towards reptiles or because of my faith and the feeling of evil I had... or what. All I know is that they are real...and I wish I could do something... anything to combat or help against these things. Take care all and thank you again for letting me write this and share this experience.

[Rocky_Shorz]

Pat Garrett's Reptilian Experience Reported to Mary Sutherland,




I can tell you this...I had an urge to kill the things I saw down there... I don't know if that is a natural reaction as most people have a natural revulsion towards reptiles or because of my faith and the feeling of evil I had... or what. All I know is that they are real...and I wish I could do something... anything to combat or help against these things. Take care all and thank you again for letting me write this and share this experience.

can a sketch artist visit this guy to find out what he saw?

sounds like a living experience that should be recorded...

[peace]

Again:

The fact that some of us are believing anything coming out of Bruisch's mouth, to me, is unnerving.

Have fun as (as I always have to say on this forum), NOTHING HAPPENS.

This is frustrating at this point. How deeply people respond or write about things they have never seen, relying soley on the lies of folks like mr. (not doctor), mr. bruisch (and wilcock, and greer and collier, et al).

You are sitting at home, on your computer, afraid because of lies, planning for things that won't happen, and 100% convinced they will.

Delusions. For Real.

damn.

this is just silly.

[sdv]

I think these underground facilities are real. It's the power and money version of stocking up on food and water just in case. I live in a town where disruptions to water and electricity supply are frequent so it is a part of daily life for me to have a 20-litre stash of water on hand and lots of candles. If I had lots of money, and a large property, I would have my own generator as well, and, and, and.

I suppose what Bill is trying to uncover is if the global elite, who have gianormous amounts of money and power - mindblowing, really - have information about a forthcoming global disaster. Maybe they have the same information that we have but they believe it while they are telling us that it is all just loony conspiracy theory.

The financial crooks, who have also been making gianormous amounts of money with all this manipulation of the financial sector, or whatever you want to call it, surely are not that stupid that they do not know how it will all go very wrong and bring financial disaster to the world? They have always known that we are heading for a crash and that many people are going to suffer, but they don't care because they have their zillions and their underground facilties and their islands and their stockpiles and their private armies.

What we need is good investigative journalists and investigative detectives (special branch whatever - here we have a Public Protector who investigates corruption) to uncover and expose wrongdoing and prove guilt and hold accountable - build an ethical world, step by step

[peace]

I think these underground facilities are real. It's the power and money version of stocking up on food and water just in case. I live in a town where disruptions to water and electricity supply are frequent so it is a part of daily life for me to have a 20-litre stash of water on hand and lots of candles. If I had lots of money, and a large property, I would have my own generator as well, and, and, and.

I suppose what Bill is trying to uncover is if the global elite, who have gianormous amounts of money and power - mindblowing, really - have information about a forthcoming global disaster. Maybe they have the same information that we have but they believe it while they are telling us that it is all just loony conspiracy theory.

The financial crooks, who have also been making gianormous amounts of money with all this manipulation of the financial sector, or whatever you want to call it, surely are not that stupid that they do not know how it will all go very wrong and bring financial disaster to the world? They have always known that we are heading for a crash and that many people are going to suffer, but they don't care because they have their zillions and their underground facilties and their islands and their stockpiles and their private armies.

What we need is good investigative journalists and investigative detectives (special branch whatever - here we have a Public Protector who investigates corruption) to uncover and expose wrongdoing and prove guilt and hold accountable - build an ethical world, step by step

thank you for being a better grown up than me. i just get frustrated and the ol' ego jumps ahead of me.

just tired of seeing this over and over.

you're right. on everything above. great post.

[ghostrider]

Of all the information out there, and in here, I've always wondered why educated wealthy powerful people in government and the like would go along with bankrupting the nations to build 172 deep underground bases , at two bases a year for over 50 years and connect them all by railway, being on the surface of earth must eventually be a bad place to be . I mean , why build entire cities so deep underground ? it can't be on a whim, or a theory, or a myth. they know something, we can only speculate . it is the mother of all mysteries.

[Wind]

Because the surface of this 3D density Earth will be toast. There's just no other way to put it, I'm afraid.

[greybeard]

Because the surface of this 3D density Earth will be toast. There's just no other way to put, I'm afraid.

Dont be afraid its all hypothetical, a maybe so.
Many die every day many are born every day.
As long as I can remember, and its been quite a few years, there has always been doom and gloom and positive expectation--- take you pick.
Death of the body is a fact--- much evidence of life before and after death.
Why worry-- death is just the doorway to another adventure.
Enjoy the moment-- who knows what the next may bring.

Chris